Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2016019540A1 - Network mobility optimizing method, device and system - Google Patents

Network mobility optimizing method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016019540A1
WO2016019540A1 PCT/CN2014/083868 CN2014083868W WO2016019540A1 WO 2016019540 A1 WO2016019540 A1 WO 2016019540A1 CN 2014083868 W CN2014083868 W CN 2014083868W WO 2016019540 A1 WO2016019540 A1 WO 2016019540A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control node
target
cell
auxiliary parameter
source
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/083868
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张宏卓
罗海燕
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2014/083868 priority Critical patent/WO2016019540A1/en
Priority to CN201480017322.5A priority patent/CN105493548B/en
Publication of WO2016019540A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016019540A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, apparatus, and system for network mobility optimization.
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the UE When a non-3GPP network is used to carry part of the 3GPP network traffic, the UE usually uses the Radio Access Network (RAN) auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs, and the auxiliary parameter actually measured by the UE, combined with the RAN rule or access.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the network discovery and selection function (ANDSF) policy performs the selection of the non-3GPP network, and then the traffic of the 3GPP network is offloaded through the non-3GPP network. Therefore, the rationality of the auxiliary parameters of the cell to which the UE belongs directly affects Whether the UE can offload network traffic of part of the 3GPP network through the non-3GPP network in the cell.
  • the UE may carry part of the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network when the cell to which the UE belongs is high; and if the auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs is unreasonable, the UE
  • the cell load is high, the UE cannot carry some 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the cell to which the cell belongs, but the network side needs to use the handover to switch some UEs of the source cell from the source cell to the target cell to mitigate the source.
  • the load of the cell however this leads to the occurrence of unnecessary inter-cell handover.
  • excessive unnecessary signaling load will be introduced to increase the signaling overhead of the system; on the other hand, if cell handover fails during cell handover, the user experience will be reduced.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for optimizing network mobility, which can reduce the occurrence of unnecessary handover between cells when the cell load of the UE belongs to a higher load.
  • a user equipment UE is provided, where the UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the UE includes: an acquiring unit and a sending unit;
  • the acquiring unit is configured to acquire an interval length, where the interval time is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE uses the non-3GPP network to send the 3GPP network traffic to the target cell in the target cell.
  • the time difference of the time when the splitting is performed; the sending unit is configured to send the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
  • the target control node in combination with the first aspect to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically Target base station; If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • a target control node where the target device is switched from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell, where the target
  • the control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs, and the target control node includes: a receiving unit, a determining unit, and a sending unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP network in the target cell. a time difference of a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is split;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first indication message to the source control node or the single wireless controller SRC, if the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the first indication message And indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
  • the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the first indication message to the source control After receiving the first message sent by the source control node, the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send a second message to the source control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the first source cell RAN auxiliary parameters of the source cell.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the first indication message to the source control Receiving, by the node or the S RC, a fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the target control node further includes an update unit
  • the updating unit is configured to: after the receiving unit receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN auxiliary parameter Is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the target control node further includes an update unit, where the receiving unit is further configured to After the sending unit sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, the fifth message sent by the source control node is received, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggestion of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell
  • the updating unit is configured to update the first according to a modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a third aspect provides a source control node, where a user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the source control node includes: a receiving unit, a modifying unit, or an updating unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is the target cell Control node;
  • the modifying unit is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit is greater than the second preset threshold, modify the handover target selection policy; or
  • the updating unit is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit is greater than the second preset threshold, the first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, the first The RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN assist of the source cell Parameters.
  • the source control node further includes a sending unit
  • the sending unit is configured to send a first message to the target control node before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN
  • the auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the update unit is specifically configured to:
  • the first message in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive the third sent by the single wireless controller S RC a message, the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the update unit is specifically configured to:
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node further includes a sending unit
  • the sending unit is configured to send a fourth message to the target control node after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node further includes a sending unit
  • the sending unit is configured to send a fifth message to the target control node after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the Suggested modification of the second RAN auxiliary parameter Value.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network
  • the target cell is in the UMTS system
  • the source control node is specifically the source base station
  • the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a single wireless controller SRC is provided, where the user equipment UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the SRC includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control to which the target cell belongs.
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, where The target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in the universal mobile communication system UMTS system In the 3GPP network, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a fifth aspect provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes: acquiring, by the UE, an interval length, where the UE is switched to the target cell, and the UE is in the target cell by using the non-3GPP network to the 3GPP. The time difference at the moment when the network traffic is split;
  • the UE sends the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
  • the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or, the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or is equivalent to the handover in the target cell. The moment when the message of the message is completed.
  • the target control node is specifically Target base station
  • the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
  • a method for network mobility optimization in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes: the target control node receives an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP in the target cell. The time difference of the time at which the network offloads the 3GPP network traffic, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs; and the target control node determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
  • the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the target control node sends a first indication message to the source control node or the single wireless controller SRC, where the first indication message is used. Instructing the UE to perform an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes: Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a handover command message; or
  • the method further includes:
  • the target control node sends a second cancellation, I, to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameters of the source cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the first control message is sent by the target control node After the source control node or SRC, it also includes:
  • the target control node receives a fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
  • the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to a modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a seventh aspect provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes: the source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is the source a control node to which the cell belongs, the target control node being a control node to which the target cell belongs;
  • the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy, or the source control node updates the first, if the number of times that the UE receives the unnecessary handover is greater than the second preset threshold.
  • Radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
  • the source control node receives a second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
  • the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the method further includes: the source control node receiving the third sent by the single wireless controller SRC a message, the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
  • the source control node updates the first RAN assist parameter according to an updated value of the first RAN assist parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first R A N auxiliary parameter.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source control node sends a fifth cancellation, I, to the target control node, the fifth
  • the message carries a modified value of the first RAN assist parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN assist parameter.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network
  • the target cell is in the UMTS system
  • the source control node is specifically the source base station
  • the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a method for network mobility optimization in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes: receiving, by the single wireless controller SRC, a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is the a control node to which the target cell belongs;
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, where The target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in the universal mobile communication system UMTS system In the 3GPP network, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a user equipment UE is provided, where the UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the UE includes: a processor and a transmitter;
  • the processor is configured to acquire an interval length, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE uses the non-3GPP network to send the 3GPP network traffic in the target cell.
  • the time difference of the time when the splitting is performed; the sender is configured to send the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
  • the target control node is specifically Target base station
  • the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
  • a target control node where the user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the target cell is used to offload 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network, where the target
  • the control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs, and the target control node includes: a receiver, a processor, and a transmitter;
  • the receiver is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP network in the target cell. a time difference of a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is split;
  • the processor is configured to determine whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold
  • the transmitter is configured to send a first indication message to a source control node or a single wireless controller SRC, if the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the first indication message And indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the UE when the target cell is offloading the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network, includes:
  • the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
  • the receiver is further configured to send, by the sender, a first indication message to the source control After receiving the first message sent by the source control node, the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
  • the transmitter is further configured to send a second message to the source control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the receiver is further configured to send, by the sender, a first indication message to the source control After receiving the fourth message sent by the source control node, the fourth message carries the updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN of the source cell. Auxiliary parameters.
  • the processor is further configured to: after the receiver receives the fourth message sent by the source control node And updating, according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the receiver is further configured to send in the transmitter Receiving, by the source control node or the SRC, a fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell
  • the processor is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a source control node where the user equipment UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the scenario,
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the source control node includes: a receiver, a processor, and the receiver is configured to receive a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first The indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs;
  • the processor is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiver is greater than a second preset threshold, modify the handover target selection policy; or The processor is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiver is greater than a second preset threshold, the first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, the first The RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source control node further includes a transmitter
  • the transmitter is configured to send a first message to the target control node before the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN
  • the auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the first message in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the receiver is further configured to: before the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive the sending by the single wireless controller S RC a third message, where the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node further includes a transmitter, and the transmitter is configured to be used in After the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fourth message to the target control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node further includes a transmitter; The transmitter, configured to send a fifth message to the target control node after the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the The suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the fifth possible implementation in combination with the tenth aspect to the eleventh aspect, the fifth possible implementation, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network
  • the target cell is in the UMTS system
  • the source control node is specifically the source base station
  • the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a single wireless controller SRC is provided, which is applied to a scenario where a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and the third generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the SRC includes: a receiver and a transmitter;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control to which the target cell belongs.
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
  • the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
  • the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
  • a network mobility optimization system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of the first aspect or the ninth aspect, according to any of the second aspect or the tenth aspect A target control node, and the source control node according to any of the third or eleventh aspects.
  • a fourteenth aspect a network mobility optimization system, the system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of the first aspect or the ninth aspect, according to any of the second aspect or the tenth aspect
  • the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the UE handover to the target cell.
  • the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the SRC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the SRC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary switching in the source cell.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved, and on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user body is improved. n to achieve the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • a first control node includes: a sending unit, a receiving unit, and an updating unit;
  • the sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs,
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs,
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the receiving unit is configured to receive the second a second message, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the updating unit is configured to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the first message in combination with the fifteenth aspect, carries the first R A N auxiliary parameter.
  • the sending unit is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the fourth message is sent to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the sending unit is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modification of the second RAN auxiliary parameter value.
  • the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system
  • the third control partner is a third base station
  • the second control node is specifically a second base station
  • the first control node is specifically a first wireless network control.
  • RNC the second control node is specifically a second RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the second RNC is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
  • a second control node includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs.
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
  • the sending unit is configured to send a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the sixteenth aspect, carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, a second message to Receiving, by the first control node, a fourth message sent by the first control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the first cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the second control node further includes an update unit
  • the updating unit is configured to: after the receiving unit receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second control node in combination with the sixteenth aspect or a first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, further includes an update unit;
  • the receiving unit is configured to: after the sending, by the sending unit, the second message to the first control node, receive a fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter a modified value and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, and the updating unit is configured to modify a value according to the first auxiliary parameter
  • the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system
  • the third control partner is a third base station
  • the second control node is specifically a second base station
  • the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specific.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the second RNC is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
  • a method for network mobility optimization comprising: a first control node sending a first message to a second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN to assist a parameter, the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
  • the first control node updates the first RAN according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter
  • the auxiliary parameter, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the first message in combination with the seventeenth aspect, carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node updates the first one according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter After the RAN auxiliary parameter, it also includes:
  • the first control node sends a fourth message to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node updates the first one according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter After the RAN auxiliary parameter, it also includes:
  • the first control node sends a fifth message to the second control node, and the fifth message carries a modified value of the first R A N auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second R A N auxiliary parameter.
  • the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system
  • the third control partner is a third base station
  • the second control node is specifically a second base station
  • the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
  • a method for network mobility optimization includes: receiving, by a second control node, a first message sent by a first control node, where the first The information is used to request the second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN assists
  • the parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell; the second control node sends a second message to the first control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message in combination with the eighteenth aspect, carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the second control node sends a second message to the first control node After that, it also includes:
  • the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second control node sends a second message to the first control node After that, it also includes:
  • the parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
  • the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the fourth possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect if the first cell and the second cell
  • the first control node is specifically the first base station, and the second control node is specifically the second base station, in the third generation partner project 3GPP network of the long-term evolution LTE system;
  • the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specific.
  • RNC radio network controller
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the second RNC is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific.
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
  • a first control node includes: a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor;
  • the transmitter is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs,
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs,
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the receiver is configured to receive the second a second message, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the processor is configured to update, according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the first message carries the first R A N auxiliary parameter.
  • the transmitter is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the fourth message is sent to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the transmitter is further configured to: after the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fifth message to the second control a node, the fifth message carrying a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system
  • the third control partner is a third base station
  • the second control node is specifically a second base station
  • the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
  • a second control node includes: a receiver and a transmitter;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs.
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the transmitter is configured to send a second message to the first And controlling, by the second node, the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the receiver is further configured to: after the transmitter sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fourth message sent by the first control node, The fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the second control node further includes a processor
  • the processor configured to: after the receiver receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second control node further includes a processor
  • the receiver is configured to: after the sending, by the sender, the second message to the first control node, receive a fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter a modified value and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
  • the processor is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system
  • the third control partner is a third base station
  • the second control node is specifically a second base station
  • the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
  • the first control node is specifically a first RNC
  • the second control node is a second base station.
  • a twenty-first aspect a system for network mobility optimization, the system comprising the first control node according to any one of the fifteenth aspect or the nineteenth aspect, and the sixteenth aspect or the second The second control node of any of the ten aspects.
  • the first control node sends a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second R AN auxiliary parameter; and then the first control node Receiving a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter; and the first control node further updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second R AN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node By updating the first R AN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter by the first control node, it is possible to prevent the U E from unnecessary switching from the first cell to the second cell.
  • the system's signaling overhead is saved.
  • the problem of cell handover failure during cell handover is prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of accessing a P D N through a 3 G P P access network and a WLAN according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for carrying LST network traffic through a WLA N network according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart 2 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 6 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is an interaction diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention, where
  • 11 is a mobile mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the invention, which is an interactive gesture ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4,
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an interactive method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention. “ ⁇ ”;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is an interaction diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a target control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of an SRC according to an embodiment of the present invention; ;
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram 1 of a system structure for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 32 is a schematic diagram of a system structure for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a first control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a second control node according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a network mobility optimization system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 3GPP defines the architecture of the UE accessing the Packet Data Network (PDN) through the 3GPP access network and the wireless local area network (WLAN) as shown in Figure 1.
  • PDN Packet Data Network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the UE passes through the Node (NodeB), via the Radio Network Control (RNC), the GPRS Support Node (SGSN; GM) Packet Radio Service, GPRS) Gateway GPRS Support Node (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN) Access to the PDN network.
  • NodeB Node
  • RNC Radio Network Control
  • SGSN GPRS Support Node
  • GM Packet Radio Service
  • GPRS Gateway GPRS Support Node
  • GGSN Gateway GPRS Support Node
  • the UE For a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, the UE passes an evolved base station ( evolved NodeB, eNB), via a mobility management entity (Mol ibi 1 i ty Mangemant Eni ty, MME), and a monthly service gateway (Serving GateWay, SGW)
  • the Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW) accesses the PDN network.
  • the UE accesses the PDN network through an access point (AP), a WLAN Trusted Access Gateway (WTAG), and a PGW.
  • AP access point
  • WTAG WLAN Trusted Access Gateway
  • PGW PGW
  • the UE For non-trusted WLAN networks, the UE passes through the WLAN and accesses the gateway through the WLAN.
  • WAG WLAN Access Gateway
  • ePDG Enhanced Packet Data Gateway
  • FIG. 1 a scheme in which the RAN side carries a part of the 3GPP network traffic by the WLAN network is proposed.
  • the following takes the interaction between the LTE system and the WLAN system as an example, and the existing WLAN network is used to carry part of the LTE.
  • a specific example of network traffic is shown in Figure 2:
  • S201 UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW.
  • the MME sends a Non-Access Stratum (NAS) message to the UE, where the NAS message carries an access point name (Access Point Name, ⁇ ) information that can be offloaded.
  • NAS Non-Access Stratum
  • the ⁇ information contains APN information that can be offloaded to the WLAN.
  • the MME sends a NAS message to the UE, which may be in the process of establishing a PDN connection in S201, or after the PDN connection is established, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the eNB sends a broadcast message or a dedicated Radio Resource Control (RRC) message to the UE, and the RAN auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs is carried in the broadcast message or the dedicated RRC message.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the auxiliary parameters include:
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Receiving Quality
  • WLAN network parameters Channel Utilization WLAN for WLAN networks, Backhau 1 Rate D1 WLAN for WLAN networks, Backhaul Rate U1 WLAN for WLAN networks, Receive channel power for WLAN networks Received Channel Power Indicator (RCP I), WLAN network: Received Channel Power Indicator (RSN I);
  • the UE acquires an auxiliary parameter that is actually measured.
  • the UE performs WLAN network selection by using the RAN rule according to the received RAN auxiliary parameter and the actually measured auxiliary parameter, and determines an APN that can be offloaded to the WLAN network according to the received APN information that can be offloaded.
  • the RAN rule can be as follows:
  • the LTE service cell meets:
  • the target WLAN network meets:
  • Channel utilization of the WLAN network ⁇ channel utilization preset low threshold; and, downlink backhaul rate of the WLAN network> downlink backhaul rate preset high threshold; and, WLAN network uplink backhaul rate> uplink backhaul rate preset High threshold; and, RCPI > RCPI preset high threshold; and,
  • the UE accesses the selected WLAN network, establishes a connection with the PGW, and transmits the bearer or IP stream corresponding to the splittable APN through the WLAN network.
  • the specific RAN rule can be as follows:
  • the target WLAN network meets:
  • Channel utilization of the WLAN network > channel utilization preset high threshold; or, downlink downlink rate of the WLAN network ⁇ downward return rate preset low threshold; or
  • Uplink backhaul rate of the WLAN network ⁇ uplink backhaul rate preset low threshold
  • the LTE serving cell satisfies:
  • the UE described in the embodiment of the present invention may be a wireless terminal, which may be a device that only provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via the RAN, which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, Handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the RAN.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit (Subscriber Unit), a subscriber station (Subscriber Station), a mobile station (Mo bile Station), a mobile station (Mobi le), a remote station (Remote Station) access point (Access Point, AP), Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal User Agent or User Equipment.
  • the words “first”, “second”, “third”, “fourth” and the like are used to have substantially the same function and function. The same or similar items are distinguished, and those skilled in the art can understand that the words “first”, “second”, “third”, “fourth” and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a UE 2400, where the UE2400 is used to switch from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network.
  • the UE2400 includes: an acquiring unit 2401. And sending unit 2402.
  • the obtaining unit 2401 is configured to obtain an interval length, where the time interval between the UE2400 handover to the target cell and the time when the UE2400 offloads the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell through the non-3GPP network.
  • the sending unit 2402 is configured to send an interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the time when the UE2400 offloads the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network in the target cell may include:
  • the UE2400 determines, at the time when the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network; or
  • the UE2400 completes the offloading of the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the moment when the UE2400 switches to the target cell may specifically include:
  • the UE2400 successfully transmits a handover complete message or a message equivalent to the handover complete message in the target cell.
  • the target control node may specifically be the target base station;
  • the target control node may specifically be the target RN (:.
  • the obtaining unit 2401 may be specifically implemented by a processor, and the sending unit 2402 may be specifically implemented by using a transmitter.
  • the processor and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the UE2400 may refer to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment, which is not repeatedly described in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE 2400 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. No specific explanation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a target control node 2500, where the target control node 2500 is controlled by the target cell, in a scenario where the UE switches from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network.
  • the target control node 2500 includes: a receiving unit 2501, a determining unit 2502, and a sending unit 2503.
  • the receiving unit 2501 is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE divides the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell by using the non-3GPP network;
  • a determining unit 2502 configured to determine whether an interval length is less than a first preset threshold
  • the sending unit 2503 is configured to: if the target control node 2500 determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, send the first indication message to the source control node or a single radio controller (SRC), where the first indication message is used. Indicates that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is the control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • SRC single radio controller
  • the UE enters the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the timing of the line splitting may specifically include:
  • the UE determines, at the target cell, a time when the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded through the non-3GPP network; or
  • the UE completes the time when the designated service is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the moment when the UE switches to the target cell may specifically include:
  • the receiving unit 25 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node, receive the first message sent by the source control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter,
  • the two RAN auxiliary parameters are RAN auxiliary parameters of the target cell.
  • the sending unit 2 5 0 3 is further configured to send the second message to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the receiving unit 25 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, receive the fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first wireless connection.
  • the incoming RAN auxiliary parameter, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the target control node 2 500 can also include an update unit 254.
  • the updating unit 2 5 04 is configured to: after the receiving unit 205 receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the target cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the receiving unit 2 5 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, receive the fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN assist Modified value of the parameter and the second RAN auxiliary parameter a number of suggested modified values, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
  • the updating unit 2504 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node 2500 may be the target base station;
  • the source control node may be a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node 2500 may specifically be a target RNC;
  • the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node 2500 may be the target RNC;
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node 2500 may be the target base station.
  • the receiving unit 2501 may be implemented by a receiver, and the determining unit 2502 and the updating unit 2504 may be specifically implemented by a processor, where the sending unit 2503 This can be achieved by a transmitter.
  • the receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by the target control node 2500 may refer to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment.
  • the target control node 2500 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. I will elaborate on this beforehand.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a source control node 2700, where the source control node 2700 is controlled by the source cell, in a scenario where the UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network.
  • the source control node 27 00 includes: a receiving unit 2 7 01, a modifying unit 2 7 02; or, as specifically shown in FIG. 28, the source control node 27 00 includes: a receiving unit 2 7 01, an update unit 27 03.
  • the receiving unit 2 7 01 is configured to receive a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the modifying unit 2 7 02 is configured to modify the switching target selection policy if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit 27 01 is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time.
  • the updating unit 2 7 03 is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit 271 is greater than the second preset threshold, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source. RAN auxiliary parameters of the cell.
  • the source control node 2 7 00 further includes a sending unit 2 7 04.
  • the sending unit 2 7 04 is configured to send a first message to the target control node before updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the target RAN auxiliary parameters of the cell.
  • the receiving unit 2 7 01 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • Update unit 2 7 03 is specifically used for:
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the receiving unit 207 is further configured to: before the updating unit 27 03 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive a third message sent by the S RC, where the third message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter. Update the value.
  • Update unit 2 7 03 is specifically used for:
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the sending unit 2 7 04 is configured to send the first RAN auxiliary parameter after the updating unit 277
  • the fourth message is sent to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the sending unit 2704 is configured to: after the updating unit 2703 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fifth message to the target control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the The suggested modified value of the two RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the source control node 2700 is specifically a source base station, and the target control node may be a target base station;
  • the source control node 2700 may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RNC.
  • the source control node 2700 may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target RNC;
  • the source control node 2700 may be a source RNC, and the target control node may be a target base station.
  • the receiving unit 2701 may be implemented by a receiver
  • the modifying unit 2702 may be implemented by a processor, where the sending unit 2704 is implemented. This can be achieved by a transmitter.
  • the receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by the source control node 2700 may be referred to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment.
  • the source control node 2700 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. I will elaborate on this beforehand.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides an SRC3000, where the UE is switched from a source cell to a target cell, and the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the SRC3000 includes: a receiving unit 3001 and a sending unit 3002.
  • the receiving unit 3001 is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the SRC3000 sends a third message to the source control node, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target base station;
  • the source control node may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RNC;
  • the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target RNC;
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target base station.
  • the receiving unit 3001 may be specifically implemented by a receiver, and the sending unit 3002 may be specifically implemented by a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the SRC300G may be referred to the description of the embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment.
  • the SRC3000 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. Do not elaborate.
  • Embodiment 5 The embodiment of the present invention provides a network mobility optimization system 3100. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, the system 3100 includes:
  • the UE 2400 according to the first embodiment, the target control node 2500 as described in the second embodiment, and the source control node 2700 as described in the third embodiment.
  • the UE2400 For a specific description of the UE2400, refer to the first embodiment.
  • the target control node 2500 refer to the second embodiment.
  • the source control node 2700 For a detailed description of the source control node 2700, reference may be made to the third embodiment. Narration.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by the network mobility optimization system 3100 can refer to the description of the tenth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network mobility optimization system 3200.
  • the system 3200 includes:
  • the UE 2400 according to the first embodiment, the target control node 2500 as described in the second embodiment, the source control node 2700 as described in the third embodiment, and the SRC 3000 as described in the fourth embodiment.
  • the UE2400 refers to the first embodiment.
  • the target control node 2500 refers to the second embodiment.
  • the source control node 2700 refers to the third embodiment.
  • the SRC3000 refers to the implementation. For example, the embodiment of the present invention is not described herein again.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by the network mobility optimization system 3200 can refer to the description of the tenth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a first control node 3300.
  • the first control node 3300 includes: a sending unit 3301, a receiving unit 3302, and an updating unit 3303.
  • the sending unit 3 301 is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, the first control node 3300 is a control node to which the first cell belongs, and the second The control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
  • the receiving unit 3 302 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the updating unit 3 30 3 is configured to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the sending unit 3 301 is further configured to: after the updating unit 333 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fourth message to the second control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the sending unit 3 301 is further configured to: after the updating unit 3 303 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter by using the second RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter The modified value and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node 3300 may be the first base station, and the second control node may be the second base station.
  • the first control node 3 300 may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
  • the first control node 3300 may be the first base station, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
  • the first control node 3 300 may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second base station.
  • the receiving unit 3 302 can be implemented by a receiver
  • the updating unit 3 303 can be implemented by a processor
  • the sending unit 3 301 can be implemented by using a transmitter.
  • the receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the first control node 3 300 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first control node 3 300 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following eleventh embodiment. Therefore, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following eleventh embodiment. Make a specific explanation.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a second control node 34 00 .
  • the second control node 34 00 includes: a receiving unit 34 01 and a sending unit 34 02.
  • the receiving unit 34 01 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, and the second control node 34 00 is The control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
  • the sending unit 34 02 is configured to send a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the receiving unit 34 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 34 02 sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fourth message sent by the first control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
  • the second control node 34 00 further includes an update unit 34 03.
  • the updating unit 34 03 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter after the receiving unit 34 01 receives the fourth message sent by the first control node.
  • the receiving unit 3401 is configured to: after the sending unit 3402 sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
  • the updating unit 3403 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node may be the first base station
  • the second control node 3400 may be the second base station.
  • the first control node may be the first RNC
  • the second control node 3400 may be the second RNC.
  • the first control node may be the first base station, and the second control node 3400 may be the second RNC.
  • the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node 3400 may be the second base station.
  • the receiving unit 3401 may be specifically implemented by a receiver
  • the updating unit 3403 may be specifically implemented by a processor
  • the sending unit 3402 may specifically pass The transmitter is implemented.
  • the receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the second control node 3400 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second control node 3400 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following eleventh embodiment. Therefore, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following eleventh embodiment. Specific explanation.
  • system 3600 for network mobility optimization, such as As shown in Figure 36, system 3600 includes:
  • first control node 3 3 00 For a specific description of the first control node 3 3 00, reference may be made to the sixth embodiment.
  • second control node 340 For a detailed description of the second control node 340, reference may be made to the seventh embodiment, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
  • the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the first control node 3 3 00 and the second control node 34 00 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes :
  • the UE obtains an interval length, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE divides the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell through the non-3GPP network.
  • the time at which the UE splits the traffic of the 3GPP network through the non-3GPP network by the target cell may specifically include:
  • the UE determines, at the target cell, a time when the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded through the non-3GPP network; or
  • the UE completes the time when the designated service is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the time at which the UE switches to the target cell may specifically include:
  • the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or is equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell. The moment of the message.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit the start time and the end time of the interval length.
  • the UE sends an interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the target control node may specifically be the target eNB.
  • the target control node may specifically be the target RN (:.
  • the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE is in the UE.
  • the time difference of the time when the target cell splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the SRC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the SRC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved.
  • the problem of cell handover failure in the cell switching process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the method includes: S401.
  • the target control node receives the interval length sent by the UE, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network.
  • the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the target control node determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the value of the first preset threshold is not the same, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the first indication message may be a message formed by adding an indicator or information indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover in the existing message, or may be a newly added message.
  • the embodiment of the invention is not specifically limited thereto.
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
  • the target eNB sends the X2 interface message to the source eNB through the X2 interface; or the target eNB forwards the first indication message source eNB through the MME.
  • the source control node may be an RNC
  • the target control node may be a target RN (:.
  • the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
  • the target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source RN through the SGSN (:.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
  • the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
  • the target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source eNB through the SGSN and the MME.
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
  • the target eNB forwards the first indication message to the source RN through the MME and the SGSN (:.
  • the method may further include:
  • the target control node receives the first message sent by the source control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the target control node sends a second message to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the method may further include:
  • the target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • step S405a is an optional step, that is, the target control node may only perform the steps S401-S404a, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may further include:
  • the target control node receives the fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell
  • the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter described below may be an actual value or a scaled index value.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
  • the first/second auxiliary parameter may include an LTE network parameter, a WLAN network parameter, a WLAN network identifier, a J'J table, etc.
  • the LTE parameter may include an LTE network.
  • WLAN network parameters may include uplink and downlink backhaul rates of the WLAN network, RCPI/RSNI of the WLAN network, and the like, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, when the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the second RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or all parameters of the second RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated, the present invention The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
  • the target control node finds that the RSRP low threshold in the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter is _90 dBm, and the RSRP low threshold in the second RAN auxiliary parameter is -60 dBm, which may be correspondingly reduced.
  • Low RSRP in the second RAN auxiliary parameter The threshold is _70dBm.
  • the fourth message and the fifth message in the foregoing embodiment may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be a newly added message, which is not used by the embodiment of the present invention. Specifically limited.
  • the target control node receives the interval length sent by the UE, where the interval time is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE transmits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell. The time difference at the time of the split. Then, the target control node determines whether the interval length is less than the first preset threshold. If the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, the first indication message indicates that the UE has an unnecessary handover.
  • the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, or the SRC can notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary handover in the source cell.
  • a phenomenon occurs.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved.
  • the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
  • the S70K source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs
  • the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy; or the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source cell may be optimized by modifying the handover target selection policy of the source cell or updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the handover target selection policy may be modified by: determining a target cell that is not to be switched as a low priority candidate handover target cell; or
  • the above is only an exemplary way to modify the switching target selection policy, and the switching target selection policy may be modified in other ways, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may further include:
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source control node updates the first RAN assist parameter according to the second RAN assist parameter. Similar to the above description, when the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the first RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or all parameters in the first RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated. The embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this. Exemplarily, if the source control node finds that the RSRP low threshold in the second RAN auxiliary parameter is -90 dBm, and the RSRP low threshold in the first RAN auxiliary parameter is -60 dBm, the first RAN may be correspondingly reduced. The RSRP low threshold in the auxiliary parameters is -70dBm.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the source control node sends the first message to the target control node, where the first message is used.
  • the requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter may specifically include:
  • the source eNB sends an X2 setup request message to the target eNB, and the X2 request message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter for requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source eNB receives the X2 setup response message sent by the target eNB, and the X2 setup response message carries the second RAN assist parameter.
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
  • the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node may be an RNC
  • the target control node may be a target RN (:.
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
  • the source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source RNC receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
  • the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target RNC through the SGSN and the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
  • the source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
  • the source RNC receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • first message and the second message in the foregoing embodiment are all formed by adding new information to the existing message.
  • first message and the second message may also be newly added.
  • the message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source control node receives the third message sent by the SRC, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the updating, by the source control node, the first RAN auxiliary parameter may include: the source control node updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter may be one of the first RAN auxiliary parameter or an updated value of several parameters, or may be an updated value of all the parameters, which is not specifically described in this embodiment of the present invention. limited.
  • the third message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message that is added with new information in the existing message, and may be a newly added message, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may further include:
  • the source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter;
  • the source control node sends a fifth message to the target control node, and the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover. If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source control node is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy or updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter. This prevents the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes :
  • the S 8 0 K S RC receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell
  • the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
  • the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
  • the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
  • the SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed unnecessary handover. If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. .
  • the source control node may update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary switching in the source cell.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved; on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • Embodiment 10 Embodiment 10
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, specifically taking a cell handover in the LTE system as an example.
  • the control node ie, the source control node
  • the control node ie, the target control node
  • the method includes:
  • the UE acquires an interval length.
  • the interval length is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
  • the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • the UE sends the interval length to the target eNB.
  • the target eNB receives the interval length sent by the UE.
  • the target eNB determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the target eNB sends the first indication message to the source eNB, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the sending, by the target e NB, the first indication message to the eNB can be implemented as follows:
  • the target eNB sends the X2 interface message to the source eNB through the X2 interface; or the target eNB forwards the first indication message source eNB through the MME.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
  • the source eNB receives the first indication message sent by the target eNB.
  • the source eNB sends a first message to the target eNB, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter can be implemented as follows:
  • the source eNB sends an X2 setup request message to the target eNB, and the X2 setup request message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter for requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
  • the target eNB receives the first message sent by the source eNB.
  • the target eNB sends a second message to the source eNB, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the source eNB receives the second message sent by the target eNB, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the second message.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source eNB sends the X2 setup request message to the target eNB
  • the receiving, by the source eNB, the second message sent by the target eNB may include:
  • the source eNB receives the X2 setup response message sent by the target eNB, and the X2 setup response message carries the second RAN assist parameter.
  • the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME
  • the receiving, by the source eNB, the second message sent by the target eNB may include:
  • the source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 10, that is, after step S906, step S907b may also be performed:
  • S907b If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source eNB modifies the handover target selection policy.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
  • the S110K UE obtains the interval length, and the interval length is the UE switching to the destination.
  • the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • S 1102 The UE sends the interval length to the target eNB.
  • the target eNB receives an interval length sent by the UE.
  • the target eNB determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the target eNB sends the first indication message to the SRC, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target eNB.
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source eNB, where the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. .
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source eNB receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, specifically taking a cell handover in the UMTS system as an example.
  • the control node ie, the source control node
  • the control node ie, the target control node
  • the method includes:
  • the S120K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • the UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:. S1203.
  • the target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
  • the target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source RNC by using the SGSN, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the source RNC receives the first indication message sent by the target RNC.
  • S1207a If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source RNC is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the SGSN, where the RAN information request message is used for the request.
  • Two RAN auxiliary parameters Two RAN auxiliary parameters.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the target RNC receives the RAN information request message sent by the source RNC.
  • the target RNC forwards the RAN information message to the source RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the S1210a source RNC receives the RAN information message and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the RAN information message.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 13, that is, after step S1206, step S1207b may be further performed:
  • S1207b If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source RNC is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source RNC modifies the handover target selection policy.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 14, which includes:
  • the S140K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the time when the UE is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • the target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
  • the target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the RNC sends a first indication message to the SRC, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target SRC.
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source RNC, where the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. .
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source RNC receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in a target cell, specifically, a cell handover from an LTE system to a UMTS standard.
  • the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source eNB
  • the control node (ie, the target control node) to which the target cell belongs is specifically the target RNC.
  • the method includes:
  • the S150K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • the target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
  • the target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
  • the target RNC is forwarded to the source eNB by using the SGSN and the MME, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed unnecessary handover.
  • the SI 506 receives the first indication message sent by the target RNC.
  • the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is requested.
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
  • the target RNC receives the RAN information request message sent by the source eNB.
  • the target RNC forwards the RAN information message to the source eNB through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the S1510a source eNB receives the RAN information message and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the RAN information message.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 16, that is, after step S1506, step S1507b may be further performed:
  • S1507b If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source eNB modifies the handover target selection policy.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 17, including:
  • the S170K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
  • the UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:.
  • the target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
  • S1704 The target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold. S 1705. If the value is less than, the target RNC sends a first indication message to the SRC, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
  • the SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target SRC.
  • the SRC sends a third message to the source eNB, where the third message carries the update of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. value.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
  • the source eNB receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to a scenario in which a UE is handed over from a cell of a UMTS system to a cell of an LTE standard, and the implementation scheme in this scenario is switched from the cell in the LTE system to the cell in the LTE system.
  • the implementation scheme of the cell in the UMTS system is similar, except that when the UE is handed over from the cell of the UMTS system to the cell of the LTE system, the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source RNC, and the target cell belongs to The control node (ie, the target control node) is specifically the target eNB.
  • the source RNC interacts with the target eNB through the SGSN and the MME
  • the target MME interacts with the source RNC through the MME and the SGSN.
  • the method for optimizing the network mobility may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 to FIG.
  • the method of sexual optimization is not elaborated.
  • the above embodiment is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this, and is not illustrated here.
  • the method may further include:
  • the source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter carried by the target control node according to the fourth message is updated.
  • the method further includes:
  • the source control node sends a fifth message to the target control node, and the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the target control node receives the fifth message sent by the source control node, and updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the fifth message and the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE is in the UE.
  • the time difference of the time at which the target cell splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
  • the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the S RC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy in time.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the S RC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved.
  • the problem of cell handover failure in the cell switching process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, which is specifically shown in FIG. 18, and includes:
  • the first control node sends a first message to the second control node, and the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention. Set.
  • the first control node receives the second message sent by the second control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter
  • the method may further include:
  • S1804a The first control node sends a fourth message to the second control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first control node sends a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
  • the first control node may be the first RNC
  • the second control node may be the second RN (:.
  • the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
  • the first control node may be a first RNC, and the second control node may be a second eNB.
  • first message, the second message, the fourth message, and the fifth message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be newly added.
  • the message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first control node sends a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter; then the first control node receives the second control node.
  • Sending a second message the second message carries a second RAN auxiliary parameter; and the first control node further updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the phenomenon that the UE does not need to switch from the first cell to the second cell may be prevented by the first control node updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved, and on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is prevented, and the user's physical risk is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
  • An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, which is specifically shown in FIG. 21, and includes:
  • the second control node receives the first message sent by the first control node, and the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs
  • the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs
  • the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
  • the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second control node sends a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter. Further, as shown in FIG. 22, after the second control node sends the second message to the first control node (step S2102), the method may further include:
  • the second control node receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • step S2104a is an optional step, that is, the second control node may only perform the steps S2101-S2103a, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may further include:
  • the second control node receives the fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell
  • the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter
  • the associated control nodes are not the same.
  • the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
  • the first control node may be the first RNC
  • the second control node may be the second RN (:.
  • the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second The control node may specifically be a second RNC.
  • the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
  • first message, the second message, the fourth message, and the fifth message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be newly added.
  • the message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second control node receives the first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter; then the second control node sends the second message.
  • the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
  • the first control node may update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, thereby preventing the UE from unnecessary switching from the first cell to the second cell.
  • the signaling overhead of the system is saved.
  • the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • Another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling shown or discussed The or communication connection may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected to achieve the objectives of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product in the form of a software product, or a part of the technical solution, which is stored in a storage medium.
  • the instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods of the various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is suitable for the technical field of wireless communications. Provided in an embodiment of the present invention are a network mobility optimizing method, device and system capable of reducing unnecessary switching between cells when the cell to which a UE belongs has a high load, the method comprising: when the UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and the target cell distributes 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network, the UE acquires the time length of an interval, the time length of the interval being a time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE distributes the 3GPP network traffic via the non-3GPP network in the target cell; and the UE transmits the time length of the interval to a target control node, the target control node being a control node to which the target cell belongs.

Description

网络移动性优化的方法、 装置及系统 技术领域  Method, device and system for network mobility optimization
本发明涉及无线通信领域, 尤其涉及网络移动性优化的方法、 装置及系统。  The present invention relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, apparatus, and system for network mobility optimization.
背景技术 Background technique
随着用户设备 ( User Equipment , UE ) 以及移动应用的迅速发 展, 移动数据流量急速增长, 导致现有的第三代合作伙伴计划( 3rd Generation Partnership Project , 3GPP ) 网络越来越难以满足 数据流量增长的需求。 为解决此问题, 现有技术釆用非 3GPP 网络 来 ? 载部分 3GPP 网络流量, 比如釆用无线局域网 (wireless local area network, WLAN) 来承载部分 3GPP 网络流量, 以緩解现有的 3GPP 网络的流量负荷。  With the rapid development of User Equipment (UE) and mobile applications, the rapid growth of mobile data traffic has made it increasingly difficult for existing 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) networks to meet data traffic growth. Demand. To solve this problem, the prior art uses a non-3GPP network to carry some 3GPP network traffic, such as a wireless local area network (WLAN) to carry part of 3GPP network traffic, to alleviate the traffic of the existing 3GPP network. load.
釆用非 3GPP 网络来承载部分 3GPP 网络流量时, UE通常使用 该 UE所属小区的无线接入网 ( Radio Access Network, RAN ) 辅助 参数, 以及 UE 实际测得的辅助参数, 结合 RAN规则或接入网发现 和选择功能 ( Acces sNe twork Discovery and Selection Function, ANDSF ) 策略进行非 3GPP 网络的选择, 进而通过非 3GPP 网络分流 部分 3GPP 网络的网络流量, 因此 UE所属小区的辅助参数的合理性 直接影响到 UE能否在该小区通过非 3GPP 网络分流部分 3GPP 网络 的网络流量。 若 UE所属小区的辅助参数设置合理, 当 UE所属小区 负载较高时, UE 可以在该所属小区通过非 3GPP 网络来承载部分 3GPP 网络流量; 而若 UE 所属小区的辅助参数设置不合理, 当 UE 所属小区负载较高时, UE就无法在该所属小区通过非 3GPP 网络来 承载部分 3GPP 网络流量, 而是网络侧需要使用切换, 将源小区的 部分 UE从源小区切换至目标小区, 以减轻源小区的负载, 然而这 导致了不必要的小区间切换的发生。 一方面, 将引入过多的不必要 的信令载荷, 增大系统的信令开销; 另一方面, 如果小区切换过程 中发生小区切换失败, 将降低用户体验。  When a non-3GPP network is used to carry part of the 3GPP network traffic, the UE usually uses the Radio Access Network (RAN) auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs, and the auxiliary parameter actually measured by the UE, combined with the RAN rule or access. The network discovery and selection function (ANDSF) policy performs the selection of the non-3GPP network, and then the traffic of the 3GPP network is offloaded through the non-3GPP network. Therefore, the rationality of the auxiliary parameters of the cell to which the UE belongs directly affects Whether the UE can offload network traffic of part of the 3GPP network through the non-3GPP network in the cell. If the auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs is set properly, the UE may carry part of the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network when the cell to which the UE belongs is high; and if the auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs is unreasonable, the UE When the cell load is high, the UE cannot carry some 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the cell to which the cell belongs, but the network side needs to use the handover to switch some UEs of the source cell from the source cell to the target cell to mitigate the source. The load of the cell, however this leads to the occurrence of unnecessary inter-cell handover. On the one hand, excessive unnecessary signaling load will be introduced to increase the signaling overhead of the system; on the other hand, if cell handover fails during cell handover, the user experience will be reduced.
发明内容 本发明实施例提供网络移动性优化的方法、 装置及系统, 能够 在 UE所属小区负载较高时, 减少小区间不必要切换的发生。 Summary of the invention The embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for optimizing network mobility, which can reduce the occurrence of unnecessary handover between cells when the cell load of the UE belongs to a higher load.
为达到上述目的, 本发明实施例提供以下方案:  To achieve the above objective, the embodiments of the present invention provide the following solutions:
第一方面, 提供一种用户设备 UE, 应用在所述 UE从源小区切 换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述 UE 包括: 获取单元、 发送单元;  In a first aspect, a user equipment UE is provided, where the UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The UE includes: an acquiring unit and a sending unit;
所述获取单元, 用于获取间隔时间长度, 所述间隔时间长度为 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标小区通过 所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差; 所述发送单元, 用于发送所述间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其中, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点。  The acquiring unit is configured to acquire an interval length, where the interval time is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE uses the non-3GPP network to send the 3GPP network traffic to the target cell in the target cell. The time difference of the time when the splitting is performed; the sending unit is configured to send the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
在第一方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第一方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in combination with the first aspect, the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
在第一方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第一方面或第一方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the U E, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a time when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
在第一方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第一方面至第一方 面第二种可能的实现方式,若所述目标小区在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站; 若所述目标小区在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标无线网络控制器 RNC。 In a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in combination with the first aspect to the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically Target base station; If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
第二方面, 提供一种目标控制节点, 应用在用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目 标小区, 并且在目 标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述目标控制节点为 所述目标小区所属的控制节点,所述目标控制节点包括:接收单元、 确定单元、 发送单元;  In a second aspect, a target control node is provided, where the target device is switched from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell, where the target The control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs, and the target control node includes: a receiving unit, a determining unit, and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收所述 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 所述 间隔时间长度为所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所 述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP网络流量进行分流的 时刻的时间差;  The receiving unit is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP network in the target cell. a time difference of a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is split;
所述确定单元,用于确定所述间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设 门限;  The determining unit is configured to determine whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
所述发送单元,用于若所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长 度小于所述第一预设门限,发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一 无线控制器 SRC, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE 发生了不必 要的切换, 其中, 所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  The sending unit is configured to send the first indication message to the source control node or the single wireless controller SRC, if the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the first indication message And indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第二方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第二方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect, the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻;  Determining, at the target cell, a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded by the non-3GPP network;
或者,  Or,
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
在第二方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面或第二方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。 Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a handover command message; or The moment when the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or the moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to the handover complete message in the target cell.
在第二方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面至第二方 面第二种可能的实现方式, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元 发送第一指示消息给源控制节点之后,接收所述源控制节点发送的 第一消息, 所述第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  In a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect, the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the first indication message to the source control After receiving the first message sent by the source control node, the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述发送单元, 还用于发送第二消息给所述源控制节点, 所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is further configured to send a second message to the source control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第二方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面第三种可 能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带第一 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第源小区源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the first source cell RAN auxiliary parameters of the source cell.
在第二方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面至第二方 面第四种可能的实现方式, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元 发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或 S RC之后,接收所述源控制节点 发送的第四消息, 所述第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the first indication message to the source control Receiving, by the node or the S RC, a fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
在第二方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面第五种可 能的实现方式, 所述目标控制节点还包括更新单元;  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the target control node further includes an update unit;
所述更新单元,用于在所述接收单元接收所述源控制节点发送 的第四消息之后, 根据所述更新后的第一 RAN 辅助参数更新第二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助 参数。  The updating unit is configured to: after the receiving unit receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN auxiliary parameter Is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
在第二方面第七种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面至第二方 面第四种可能的实现方式, 所述目标控制节点还包括更新单元; 所述接收单元,还用于在所述发送单元发送第一指示消息给源 控制节点或 S RC之后, 接收所述源控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述 第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的 建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述更新单元,用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。 In a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the target control node further includes an update unit, where the receiving unit is further configured to After the sending unit sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, the fifth message sent by the source control node is received, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggestion of the second RAN auxiliary parameter. Modifying a value, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, The second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell, and the updating unit is configured to update the first according to a modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter. Two RAN auxiliary parameters.
在第二方面第八种可能的实现方式中,结合第二方面至第二方 面第七种可能的实现方式,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期 演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所 述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in combination with the second aspect to the seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第三方面, 提供一种源控制节点, 应用在用户设备 UE从源小 区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述源控制节点为所 述源小区所属的控制节点, 所述源控制节点包括: 接收单元、 修改 单元或更新单元;  A third aspect provides a source control node, where a user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the source control node includes: a receiving unit, a modifying unit, or an updating unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is the target cell Control node;
所述修改单元, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收单元接收到的 UE 发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 修改切换目标选择 策略; 或者,  The modifying unit is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit is greater than the second preset threshold, modify the handover target selection policy; or
所述更新单元, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收单元接收到的 UE 发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 更新第一无线接入 网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助 参数。 The updating unit is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit is greater than the second preset threshold, the first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, the first The RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN assist of the source cell Parameters.
在第三方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面, 所述源 控制节点还包括发送单元;  In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the third aspect, the source control node further includes a sending unit;
所述发送单元,用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 前, 发送第一消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第一消息用于请求第 二 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN 辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN 辅助参数;  The sending unit is configured to send a first message to the target control node before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN The auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述接收单元, 还用于接收所述目标控制节点发送的第二消 息, 所述第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  The receiving unit is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元具体用于:  The update unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  Updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第三方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第三方面第一种可 能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第三方面第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第三方面, 所述接收单元,还用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数 之前, 接收单一无线控制器 S RC发送的第三消息, 所述第三消息携 带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值;  In a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the third aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive the third sent by the single wireless controller S RC a message, the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元具体用于:  The update unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新所述第一 RAN辅助参 数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第三方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第三方面至第三方 面第三种可能的实现方式, 所述源控制节点还包括发送单元;  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the third aspect, the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the source control node further includes a sending unit;
所述发送单元,用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 发送第四消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第四消息携带所述更 新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is configured to send a fourth message to the target control node after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第三方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第三方面至第三方 面第三种可能的实现方式, 所述源控制节点还包括发送单元;  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the third aspect, the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the source control node further includes a sending unit;
所述发送单元,用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 发送第五消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第五消息携带所述第 一 RAN 辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN 辅助参数的建议修改 值。 The sending unit is configured to send a fifth message to the target control node after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the Suggested modification of the second RAN auxiliary parameter Value.
在第三方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第三方面至第三方 面第五种可能的实现方式,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期 演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所 述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in combination with the third aspect to the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 LTE 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控 制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically the source base station, and the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
若所述源小区在 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第四方面, 提供一种单一无线控制器 SRC, 应用在用户设备 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区,并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴 计划 3GPP网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述 SRC包括: 接收单元、 发送单元;  In a fourth aspect, a single wireless controller SRC is provided, where the user equipment UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell. The SRC includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示用户设备 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其 中, 所述目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control to which the target cell belongs. Node
若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的 次数大于第二预设门限, 所述 SRC 发送第三消息给所述源控制节 点, 所述第三消息携带第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数的更新值, 所 述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数,所述源控制节 点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第四方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第四方面, 若所述 源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所 述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站; 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC; In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in combination with the fourth aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, where The target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in the universal mobile communication system UMTS system In the 3GPP network, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第五方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户 设备 UE从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代 合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 所述方法包括: 所述 UE获取间隔时间长度,所述间隔时间长度为所述 UE切换 至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差;  A fifth aspect provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The method includes: acquiring, by the UE, an interval length, where the UE is switched to the target cell, and the UE is in the target cell by using the non-3GPP network to the 3GPP. The time difference at the moment when the network traffic is split;
所述 UE发送所述间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其中, 所述 目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点。  And the UE sends the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
在第五方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第五方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in combination with the fifth aspect, the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
在第五方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第五方面或第五方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the U E, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。 At the moment when the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or, the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or is equivalent to the handover in the target cell. The moment when the message of the message is completed.
在第五方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第五方面至第五方 面第二种可能的实现方式,若所述目标小区在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect to the fifth aspect, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically Target base station;
若所述目标小区在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标无线网络控制器 RNC。  If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
第六方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户 设备 UE从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代 合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 所述方法包括: 目标控制节点接收所述 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 所述间隔时 间长度为所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标 小区通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的 时间差,其中,所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点; 所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设 门限;  In a sixth aspect, a method for network mobility optimization is provided, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The method includes: the target control node receives an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP in the target cell. The time difference of the time at which the network offloads the 3GPP network traffic, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs; and the target control node determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
若所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长度小于所述第一预 设门限,所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一 无线控制器 SRC, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE 发生了不必 要的切换, 其中, 所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the target control node sends a first indication message to the source control node or the single wireless controller SRC, where the first indication message is used. Instructing the UE to perform an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第六方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第六方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the sixth aspect, the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻;  Determining, at the target cell, a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded by the non-3GPP network;
或者,  Or,
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
在第六方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面或第六方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括: 所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者, In a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the sixth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes: Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a handover command message; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a time when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
在第六方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面至第六方 面第二种可能的实现方式,在所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息 给源控制节点之后, 还包括:  In a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, the method further includes:
所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第一消息,所述 第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN 辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  Receiving, by the target control node, a first message sent by the source control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary of the target cell Parameter
所述目标控制节点发送第二消, I,给所述源控制节点,所述第二 消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node sends a second cancellation, I, to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第六方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面至第六方 面第三种可能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameters of the source cell.
在第六方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面至第六方 面第四种可能的实现方式,在所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息 给源控制节点或 S RC之后, 还包括:  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, Includes:
所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第四消息,所述 第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  Receiving, by the target control node, a fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries an updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN of the source cell Auxiliary parameters.
在第六方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面第五种可 能的实现方式,在所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送第四 消息之后, 还包括:  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, after the target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, the method further includes:
所述目标控制节点根据所述更新后的第一 RAN 辅助参数更新 第二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN 辅助参数。  And the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
在第六方面第七种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面至第六方 面第四种可能的实现方式,在所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息 给源控制节点或 SRC之后, 还包括: In a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, the first control message is sent by the target control node After the source control node or SRC, it also includes:
所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第五消息,所述 第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的 建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The target control node receives a fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述目标控制节点根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to a modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第六方面第八种可能的实现方式中,结合第六方面至第六方 面第 七种可能的实现方式, 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长 期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In an eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in combination with the seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect to the sixth aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第七方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户 设备 UE从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代 合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 所述方法包括: 源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息,所述第一 指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 所述源控 制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点,所述目标控制节点为所述目 标小区所属的控制节点;  A seventh aspect provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The method includes: the source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is the source a control node to which the cell belongs, the target control node being a control node to which the target cell belongs;
若在预设时间内, 所述源控制节点接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限,所述源控制节点修改切换目标选择策 略, 或者, 所述源控制节点更新第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所 述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。 And the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy, or the source control node updates the first, if the number of times that the UE receives the unnecessary handover is greater than the second preset threshold. Radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
在第七方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第七方面, 在所述 源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the seventh aspect, before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第一消息给所述目标控制节点,所述第一 消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数,所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目 标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述源控制节点接收所述目标控制节点发送的第二消息,所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  The source control node receives a second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 包括:  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
所述源控制节点根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新所述第一 RAN 辅助参数。  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第七方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第七方面第一种可 能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第七方面第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第七方面, 在所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还包括: 所述源控制节点接收单一无线控制器 S R C发送的第三消息,所 述第三消息携带第一 R A N辅助参数的更新值;  In a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the seventh aspect, before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes: the source control node receiving the third sent by the single wireless controller SRC a message, the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 包括:  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
所述源控制节点根据所述第一 RAN 辅助参数的更新值更新所 述第一 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node updates the first RAN assist parameter according to an updated value of the first RAN assist parameter.
在第七方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第七方面至第七方 面第三种可能的实现方式,在所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参 数之后, 还包括:  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect to the seventh aspect, after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第四消息给所述目标控制节点,所述第四 消息携带所述更新后的第一 R A N辅助参数。  The source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first R A N auxiliary parameter.
在第七方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第七方面至第七方 面第三种可能的实现方式,在所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参 数之后, 还包括:  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect to the seventh aspect, after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第五消, I,给所述目标控制节点,所述第五 消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参 数的建议修改值。 The source control node sends a fifth cancellation, I, to the target control node, the fifth The message carries a modified value of the first RAN assist parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN assist parameter.
在第七方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第七方面至第七方 面第五种可能的实现方式,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期 演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所 述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect to the seventh aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 LTE 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控 制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically the source base station, and the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
若所述源小区在 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第八方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户 设备 UE从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代 合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 所述方法包括: 单一无线控制器 S R C接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中所 述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点;  In an eighth aspect, a method for network mobility optimization is provided, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The method includes: receiving, by the single wireless controller SRC, a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is the a control node to which the target cell belongs;
若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的 次数大于第二预设门限, 所述 SRC 发送第三消息给所述源控制节 点, 所述第三消息携带第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数的更新值, 所 述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数,所述源控制节 点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第八方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第八方面, 若所述 源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所 述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站; 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC; In a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in combination with the eighth aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, where The target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in the universal mobile communication system UMTS system In the 3GPP network, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第九方面, 提供一种用户设备 UE, 应用在所述 UE从源小区切 换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述 UE 包括: 处理器、 发 送器;  A ninth aspect, a user equipment UE is provided, where the UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The UE includes: a processor and a transmitter;
所述处理器, 用于获取间隔时间长度, 所述间隔时间长度为所 述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所 述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差; 所述发送器, 用于发送所述间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其 中, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点。  The processor is configured to acquire an interval length, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE uses the non-3GPP network to send the 3GPP network traffic in the target cell. The time difference of the time when the splitting is performed; the sender is configured to send the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
在第九方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第九方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in combination with the ninth aspect, the moment that the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
在第九方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第九方面或第九方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect or the ninth aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the U E, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。 At the moment when the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or The moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
在第九方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第九方面至第九方 面第二种可能的实现方式,若所述目标小区在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In a third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manners of the ninth aspect to the ninth aspect, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically Target base station;
若所述目标小区在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标无线网络控制器 RNC。  If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
第十方面, 提供一种目标控制节点, 应用在用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目 标小区, 并且在目 标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述目标控制节点为 所述目标小区所属的控制节点, 所述目标控制节点包括: 接收器、 处理器、 发送器;  According to a tenth aspect, a target control node is provided, where the user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the target cell is used to offload 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network, where the target The control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs, and the target control node includes: a receiver, a processor, and a transmitter;
所述接收器, 用于接收所述 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 所述间 隔时间长度为所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述 目标小区通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时 刻的时间差;  The receiver is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP network in the target cell. a time difference of a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is split;
所述处理器,用于确定所述间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门 限;  The processor is configured to determine whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
所述发送器,用于若所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长度 小于所述第一预设门限,发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一无 线控制器 SRC, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE 发生了不必要 的切换, 其中, 所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  The transmitter is configured to send a first indication message to a source control node or a single wireless controller SRC, if the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the first indication message And indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第十方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十方面, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻包括:  In a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the tenth aspect, the UE, when the target cell is offloading the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network, includes:
所述 UE 在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻;  Determining, at the target cell, a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded by the non-3GPP network;
或者,  Or,
所述 UE 在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网络的时刻。 在第十方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面或第十方 面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包 括: And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell. In a second possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the tenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the moment that the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 U E接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the U E, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a time when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
在第十方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面至第十方 面第二种可能的实现方式, 所述接收器, 还用于在所述发送器发送 第一指示消息给源控制节点之后,接收所述源控制节点发送的第一 消息, 所述第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述 第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  In a third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manners of the tenth to tenth aspects, the receiver is further configured to send, by the sender, a first indication message to the source control After receiving the first message sent by the source control node, the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述发送器, 还用于发送第二消息给所述源控制节点, 所述第 二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The transmitter is further configured to send a second message to the source control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面第三种可 能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带第一 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
在第十方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面至第十方 面第四种可能的实现方式, 所述接收器, 还用于在所述发送器发送 第一指示消息给源控制节点或 S R C之后,接收所述源控制节点发送 的第四消息,所述第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN辅助 参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth to tenth aspects, the receiver is further configured to send, by the sender, a first indication message to the source control After receiving the fourth message sent by the source control node, the fourth message carries the updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN of the source cell. Auxiliary parameters.
在第十方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面第五种可 能的实现方式, 所述处理器, 还用于在所述接收器接收所述源控制 节点发送的第四消息之后,根据所述更新后的第一 R A N辅助参数更 新第二 RAN 辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN 辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the processor is further configured to: after the receiver receives the fourth message sent by the source control node And updating, according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
在第十方面第七种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面至第十方 面第四种可能的实现方式, 所述接收器, 还用于在所述发送器发送 第一指示消息给源控制节点或 S R C之后,接收所述源控制节点发送 的第五消息,所述第五消息携带第一 R A N辅助参数的修改值以及第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小 区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN 辅助参数; In a seventh possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect to the tenth aspect, the receiver is further configured to send in the transmitter Receiving, by the source control node or the SRC, a fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述处理器,用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The processor is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十方面第八种可能的实现方式中,结合第十方面至第十方 面第七种可能的实现方式,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期 演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所 述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In an eighth possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, in combination with the seventh possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect to the tenth aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第十一方面, 提供一种源控制节点, 应用在用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目标小区,并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述源控制节点为所 述源小区所属的控制节点, 所述源控制节点包括: 接收器、 处理器; 所述接收器, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所 述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 所 述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点;  In an eleventh aspect, a source control node is provided, where the user equipment UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the scenario, The source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the source control node includes: a receiver, a processor, and the receiver is configured to receive a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first The indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs;
所述处理器, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收器接收到的 UE 发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 修改切换目标选择策 略; 或者, 所述处理器, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收器接收到的 UE 发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 更新第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参 数。 The processor is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiver is greater than a second preset threshold, modify the handover target selection policy; or The processor is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiver is greater than a second preset threshold, the first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, the first The RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
在第十一方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十一方面, 所 述源控制节点还包括发送器;  In a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the eleventh aspect, the source control node further includes a transmitter;
所述发送器, 用于在所述处理器更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 发送第一消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第一消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助 参数;  The transmitter is configured to send a first message to the target control node before the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN The auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述接收器, 还用于接收所述目标控制节点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  The receiver is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述处理器具体用于:  The processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  Updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十一方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十一方面第一 种可能的实现方式, 所述第一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十一方面第三种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十一方面, 所述接收器, 还用于在所述处理器更新第一 RAN 辅助参数之 前, 接收单一无线控制器 S RC发送的第三消息, 所述第三消息携带 第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值;  In a third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the eleventh aspect, the receiver is further configured to: before the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive the sending by the single wireless controller S RC a third message, where the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述处理器具体用于:  The processor is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新所述第一 RAN辅助参 数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十一方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十一方面至第 十一方面第三种可能的实现方式, 所述源控制节点还包括发送器; 所述发送器, 用于在所述处理器更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第四消息给所述目标控制节点,所述第四消息携带所述更新后 的第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh to eleventh aspects, the source control node further includes a transmitter, and the transmitter is configured to be used in After the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fourth message to the target control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十一方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第十一方面至第 十一方面第三种可能的实现方式, 所述源控制节点还包括发送器; 所述发送器, 用于在所述处理器更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第五消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第五消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。 In a fifth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh to eleventh aspects, the source control node further includes a transmitter; The transmitter, configured to send a fifth message to the target control node after the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the The suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十一方面第六种可能的实现方式中,结合第十一方面至第 十一方面第五种可能的实,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期 演进 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所 述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  In a sixth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in combination with the tenth aspect to the eleventh aspect, the fifth possible implementation, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 LTE 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控 制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically the source base station, and the target control node is specifically the target RNC;
若所述源小区在 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第十二方面, 提供一种单一无线控制器 SRC, 应用在用户设备 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作 伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 所述 SRC 包括: 接收器、 发送器;  According to a twelfth aspect, a single wireless controller SRC is provided, which is applied to a scenario where a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and the third generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. The SRC includes: a receiver and a transmitter;
所述接收器, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所 述第一指示消息用于指示用户设备 UE发生了不必要的切换,其中, 所述目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点;  The receiver is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control to which the target cell belongs. Node
若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的 次数大于第二预设门限, 所述 SRC 发送第三消息给所述源控制节 点, 所述第三消息携带第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数的更新值, 所 述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数,所述源控制节 点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
在第十二方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十二方面, 若 所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为 目标基 站; In a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, in combination with the twelfth aspect, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard 3GPP network, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述 目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述目标小区 在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
第十三方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的系统, 所述系统包括 如第一方面或第九方面任一项所述的用户终端 UE、 如第二方面或 第十方面任一项所述的目标控制节点、以及如第三方面或第十一方 面任一项所述的源控制节点。  In a thirteenth aspect, a network mobility optimization system is provided, the system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of the first aspect or the ninth aspect, according to any of the second aspect or the tenth aspect A target control node, and the source control node according to any of the third or eleventh aspects.
第十四方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的系统, 所述系统包括 如第一方面或第九方面任一项所述的用户终端 UE、 如第二方面或 第十方面任一项所述的目标控制节点、如第三方面或第十一方面任 一项所述的源控制节点、以及如第四方面或第十二方面任一项所述 的单一无线控制器 SR (:。  A fourteenth aspect, a network mobility optimization system, the system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of the first aspect or the ninth aspect, according to any of the second aspect or the tenth aspect The target control node, the source control node according to any one of the third aspect or the eleventh aspect, and the single wireless controller SR according to any one of the fourth aspect or the twelfth aspect.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法、 装置及系 统, UE 可以获取间隔时间长度, 并将该间隔时间长度发送给目标 控制节点, 其中, 该间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻 的时间差。 这样, 目标控制节点就可以根据该间隔时间长度判断 UE是否发生了不必要的切换, 在 UE发生不必要切换时及时通知源 控制节点或 SRC, 以使得源控制节点可以及时修改切换目标选择策 略或者更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 或者, SRC可以及时通知源控制节 点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 进而防止了 UE在源小区持续发生不必 要切换的现象发生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区切换失败的问题发生,提升了用户体 n 从而达到网络移动性优化的目 的。 Based on the method, device, and system for network mobility optimization provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the UE handover to the target cell. The time difference between the moment and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell. In this way, the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the SRC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the SRC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary switching in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved, and on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user body is improved. n to achieve the purpose of network mobility optimization.
第十五方面,提供一种第一控制节点,所述第一控制节点包括: 发送单元、 接收单元、 更新单元;  A fifteenth aspect, a first control node is provided, where the first control node includes: a sending unit, a receiving unit, and an updating unit;
所述发送单元, 用于发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 所述第一 消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节点为 第一小区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控 制节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述接收单元, 用于接收所述第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息携带所述第二 R A N辅助参数;  The sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the receiving unit is configured to receive the second a second message, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元, 用于根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN 辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  And the updating unit is configured to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第十五方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十五方面, 所 述第一消息携带所述第一 R A N辅助参数。  In a first possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, in combination with the fifteenth aspect, the first message carries the first R A N auxiliary parameter.
在第十五方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十五方面或第 十五方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述发送单元, 还用于在所述更 新单元根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发 送第四消息给所述第二控制节点,所述第四消息携带所述更新后的 第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, in combination with the fifteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the fourth message is sent to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十五方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十五方面或第 十五方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述发送单元, 还用于在所述更 新单元根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发 送第五消息给所述第二控制节点, 所述第五消息携带所述第一 RAN 辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, in combination with the fifteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modification of the second RAN auxiliary parameter value.
在第十五方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十五方面至第 十五方面第三种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3 GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站;  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect, in combination with the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect to the fifteenth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system The third control partner is a third base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMT S 制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ; If the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMT S, the first control node is specifically a first wireless network control. RNC, the second control node is specifically a second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific. For the second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMT S制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC , 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMT S system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
第十六方面,提供一种第二控制节点,所述第二控制节点包括: 接收单元、 发送单元;  In a sixteenth aspect, a second control node is provided, where the second control node includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述 第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节 点为第一小区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属 的控制节点,所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参 数;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
所述发送单元, 用于发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点, 所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is configured to send a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十六方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十六方面, 所 述第一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述 第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, in combination with the sixteenth aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第十六方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十六方面或第 十六方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发 送单元发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点之后,接收所述第一控制 节点发送的第四消息,所述第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参 数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, in combination with the sixteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, a second message to Receiving, by the first control node, a fourth message sent by the first control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the first cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
在第十六方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十六方面第二 种可能的实现方式, 所述第二控制节点还包括更新单元;  In a third possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the second control node further includes an update unit;
所述更新单元,用于在所述接收单元接收所述第一控制节点发 送的第四消息之后,根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新所述 第二 RAN辅助参数。  And the updating unit is configured to: after the receiving unit receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十六方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十六方面或第 十六方面第一种可能的实现方式,所述第二控制节点还包括更新单 元; In a fourth possible implementation of the sixteenth aspect, in combination with the sixteenth aspect or a first possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, the second control node further includes an update unit;
所述接收单元,用于在所述发送单元发送第二消息给所述第一 控制节点之后, 接收所述第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述第五 消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议 修改值, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述更新单元,用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The receiving unit is configured to: after the sending, by the sending unit, the second message to the first control node, receive a fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter a modified value and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, and the updating unit is configured to modify a value according to the first auxiliary parameter The suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十六方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第十六方面至第 十六方面第四种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3 GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站;  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect to the sixteenth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system The third control partner is a third base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMT S 制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMT S, the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specific. For the second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific. For the second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMT S制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC , 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMT S system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
第十七方面,提供一种网络移动性优化的方法,所述方法包括: 第一控制节点发送第一消息给第二控制节点,所述第一消息用 于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节点为第一小 区所属的控制节点, 所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制节 点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数;  In a seventeenth aspect, a method for network mobility optimization is provided, the method comprising: a first control node sending a first message to a second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN to assist a parameter, the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
所述第一控制节点接收所述第二控制节点发送的第二消息,所 述第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  Receiving, by the first control node, a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述第一控制节点根据所述第二 RAN 辅助参数更新第一 RAN 辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。 在第十七方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十七方面, 所 述第一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。 The first control node updates the first RAN according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter The auxiliary parameter, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell. In a first possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, in combination with the seventeenth aspect, the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十七方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十七方面或第 十七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在所述第一控制节点根据所述第 二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还包括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, in combination with the seventeenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the first control node updates the first one according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter After the RAN auxiliary parameter, it also includes:
所述第一控制节点发送第四消息给所述第二控制节点,所述第 四消息携带所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node sends a fourth message to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十七方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十七方面或第 十七方面第一种可能的实现方式,在所述第一控制节点根据所述第 二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还包括:  In a third possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, in combination with the seventeenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the first control node updates the first one according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter After the RAN auxiliary parameter, it also includes:
第一控制节点发送第五消息给所述第二控制节点,所述第五消 息携带所述第一 R A N辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 R A N辅助参数 的建议修改值。  The first control node sends a fifth message to the second control node, and the fifth message carries a modified value of the first R A N auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second R A N auxiliary parameter.
在第十七方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十七方面至第 十七方面第三种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站;  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect to the seventeenth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system The third control partner is a third base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system (UMTS) system, the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC, 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
第十八方面,提供一种网络移动性优化的方法,所述方法包括: 第二控制节点接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息,所述第一消 息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节点为第 一小区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制 节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述第二控制节点发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点,所述第 二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。 According to an eighteenth aspect, a method for network mobility optimization is provided, the method includes: receiving, by a second control node, a first message sent by a first control node, where the first The information is used to request the second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN assists The parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell; the second control node sends a second message to the first control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十八方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十八方面, 所 述第一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述 第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a first possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, in combination with the eighteenth aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第十八方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十八方面或第 十八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在所述第二控制节点发送第二消 息给所述第一控制节点之后, 还包括:  In a second possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, in combination with the eighteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the second control node sends a second message to the first control node After that, it also includes:
所述第二控制节点接收所述第一控制节点发送的第四消息,所 述第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参 数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  Receiving, by the second control node, a fourth message sent by the first control node, where the fourth message carries an updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is RAN assisted by the first cell parameter.
在第十八方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十八方面第二 种可能的实现方式,在所述第二控制节点接收所述第一控制节点发 送的第四消息之后, 还包括:  In a third possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, after the second control node receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, :
所述第二控制节点根据所述更新后的第一 RAN 辅助参数更新 所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十八方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十八方面或第 十八方面第一种可能的实现方式,在所述第二控制节点发送第二消 息给所述第一控制节点之后, 还包括:  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, in combination with the eighteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the second control node sends a second message to the first control node After that, it also includes:
所述第二控制节点接收所述第一控制节点发送的第五消息,所 述第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数 的建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助 参数;  Receiving, by the second control node, a fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN assists The parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
所述第二控制节点根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十八方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第十八方面至第 十八方面第四种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3 GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站; In a fifth possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect to the eighteenth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell The first control node is specifically the first base station, and the second control node is specifically the second base station, in the third generation partner project 3GPP network of the long-term evolution LTE system;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMT S 制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMT S, the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specific. For the second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specific. For the second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMT S制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC , 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMT S system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is It is the second base station.
第十九方面,提供一种第一控制节点,所述第一控制节点包括: 发送器、 接收器、 处理器;  In a nineteenth aspect, a first control node is provided, where the first control node includes: a transmitter, a receiver, and a processor;
所述发送器, 用于发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 所述第一消 息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节点为第 一小区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制 节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述接收器, 用于接收所述第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 所 述第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  The transmitter is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the receiver is configured to receive the second a second message, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述处理器, 用于根据所述第二 RAN 辅助参数更新第一 RAN 辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The processor is configured to update, according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第十九方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第十九方面, 所 述第一消息携带所述第一 R A N辅助参数。  In a first possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, in combination with the nineteenth aspect, the first message carries the first R A N auxiliary parameter.
在第十九方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第十九方面或第 十九方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述发送器, 还用于在所述处理 器根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发送第 四消息给所述第二控制节点,所述第四消息携带所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  In a second possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, in combination with the nineteenth aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to perform, according to the second After the RAN auxiliary parameter updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the fourth message is sent to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十九方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第十九方面或第 十九方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述发送器, 还用于在所述处理 器根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发送第 五消息给所述第二控制节点,所述第五消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助 参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。 In a third possible implementation of the nineteenth aspect, in combination with the nineteenth aspect or The first possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, the transmitter is further configured to: after the processor updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fifth message to the second control a node, the fifth message carrying a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第十九方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第十九方面至第 十九方面第三种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站;  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect, in combination with the third possible implementation manner of the nineteenth aspect to the nineteenth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system The third control partner is a third base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system (UMTS) system, the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC, 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
第二十方面,提供一种第二控制节点,所述第二控制节点包括: 接收器、 发送器;  In a twentieth aspect, a second control node is provided, where the second control node includes: a receiver and a transmitter;
所述接收器, 用于接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述第 一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一控制节点 为第一小区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的 控制节点,所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述发送器, 用于发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点, 所述第 二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The receiver is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the transmitter is configured to send a second message to the first And controlling, by the second node, the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第二十方面第一种可能的实现方式中, 结合第二十方面, 所 述第一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述 第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  In a first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in combination with the twentieth aspect, the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第二十方面第二种可能的实现方式中,结合第二十方面或第 二十方面第一种可能的实现方式, 所述接收器, 还用于在所述发送 器发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点之后,接收所述第一控制节点 发送的第四消息, 所述第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。 In the second possible implementation of the twentieth aspect, combining the twentieth aspect or the The first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the receiver is further configured to: after the transmitter sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fourth message sent by the first control node, The fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
在第二十方面第三种可能的实现方式中,结合第二十方面第二 种可能的实现方式, 所述第二控制节点还包括处理器;  In a third possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in combination with the second possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the second control node further includes a processor;
所述处理器,用于在所述接收器接收所述第一控制节点发送的 第四消息之后,根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  And the processor, configured to: after the receiver receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第二十方面第四种可能的实现方式中,结合第二十方面第一 种可能的实现方式, 所述第二控制节点还包括处理器;  In a fourth possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in combination with the first possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, the second control node further includes a processor;
所述接收器,用于在所述发送器发送第二消息给所述第一控制 节点之后, 接收所述第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述第五消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改 值, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The receiver is configured to: after the sending, by the sender, the second message to the first control node, receive a fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter a modified value and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
所述处理器,用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The processor is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
在第二十方面第五种可能的实现方式中,结合第二十方面至第 二十方面第四种可能的实现方式,若所述第一小区与所述第二小区 均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络下, 所述 第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二基 站;  In a fifth possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect, in combination with the fourth possible implementation manner of the twentieth aspect to the twentieth aspect, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the long term evolution LTE system The third control partner is a third base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制 器 RNC, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system (UMTS) system, the first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Two RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 UMTS制式的网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述第二小 区在所述 LTE制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC, 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。 If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, The second control node is a second base station.
第二十一方面, 提供一种网络移动性优化的系统, 所述系统包 括如第十五方面或第十九方面任一项所述的第一控制节点、以及如 第十六方面或第二十方面任一项所述的第二控制节点。  A twenty-first aspect, a system for network mobility optimization, the system comprising the first control node according to any one of the fifteenth aspect or the nineteenth aspect, and the sixteenth aspect or the second The second control node of any of the ten aspects.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法、 装置及系 统, 第一控制节点发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 第一消息用于请 求第二 R AN辅助参数;然后第一控制节点接收第二控制节点发送的 第二消息, 第二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数; 进而第一控制节点根 据第二 R AN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。通过第一控制节点根 据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 R AN辅助参数, 可以防止 U E从第一 小区到第二小区不必要切换的现象发生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信 令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区切换失败的问题 发生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到网络移动性优化的目 的。  Based on the method, device, and system for network mobility optimization provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the first control node sends a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second R AN auxiliary parameter; and then the first control node Receiving a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter; and the first control node further updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second R AN auxiliary parameter. By updating the first R AN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter by the first control node, it is possible to prevent the U E from unnecessary switching from the first cell to the second cell. On the one hand, the system's signaling overhead is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure during cell handover is prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
附图说明 DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例提供的通过 3 G P P接入网和 WLAN接入 P D N 的架构示意图;  FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of accessing a P D N through a 3 G P P access network and a WLAN according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2 为本发明实施例提供的一种现有的通过 WLA N 网络承载 L T E 网络流量的方法流程示意图;  2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for carrying LST network traffic through a WLA N network according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图一;  3 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 4 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图二;  4 is a schematic flowchart 2 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图三;  FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 6 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图四;  6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 7 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图五;  7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 8 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示意图六; 图 9 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示 图 , FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart 6 of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 9 is an interaction diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention, where
10为发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法交互示 10 is an interactive method for network mobility optimization provided by an embodiment of the present invention
-闳 , -闳,
11 为发明实施例提供的一种网絡移动性优化方法交互示意 ι¾ ,  11 is a mobile mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the invention, which is an interactive gesture ι3⁄4,
图 12 为发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的方法交互示 意图四 ,  FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an interactive method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 13 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示 图五;  FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 14 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示音图 "^";  FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention; “^”;
图 15 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示备图七;  FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 16 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示 图八;  16 is an interaction diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 17 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法交互 示 ^ξ- , 图九;  FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 18 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示 图七;  FIG. 18 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 19 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示 图八;  FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 20为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示 ^ξ- 图九;  FIG. 20 is a flowchart of a method for optimizing network mobility according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG.
图 21 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示 图十;  FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 22 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示在图十- ,  FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 23 为本发明实施例提供的 种网络移动性优化的方法流程 示 图十二 图 24为本发明实施例提供的一种 UE结构示意图; FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart diagram of a method for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 25 为本发明实施例提供的一种目标控制节点结构示意图 图 26 为本发明实施例提供的一种目标控制节点结构示意图 图 27为本发明实施例提供的一种源控制节点结构示意图一; 图 28为本发明实施例提供的一种源控制节点结构示意图二; 图 29为本发明实施例提供的一种源控制节点结构示意图三; 图 30为本发明实施例提供的一种 SRC结构示意图;  FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a target control node according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a source control node according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of an SRC according to an embodiment of the present invention; ;
图 31 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的系统结构 示意图一;  FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram 1 of a system structure for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 32 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的系统结构 示意图二;  32 is a schematic diagram of a system structure for network mobility optimization according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 33为本发明实施例提供的一种第一控制节点结构示意图; 图 34 为本发明实施例提供的一种第二控制节点结构示意图 图 35 为本发明实施例提供的一种第二控制节点结构示意图 图 36 为本发明实施例提供的一种网络移动性优化的系统结构 示意图三。  FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a first control node according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 34 is a schematic diagram of a second control node according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram 3 of a network mobility optimization system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式 detailed description
3GPP 定义了 UE 通过 3GPP 接入网和无线局域网 (wireless local area network, WLAN)接入分组数据网( Packet Data Network, PDN ) 的架构如图 1所示。  3GPP defines the architecture of the UE accessing the Packet Data Network (PDN) through the 3GPP access network and the wireless local area network (WLAN) as shown in Figure 1.
其 中 , 对 于 通 用 移 动 通 信 系 统 ( Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, UMTS ), UE 通过节点 ( NodeB ), 经 由无线网络控制器 ( Radio Network Control, RNC ) 月良务 GPRS 支 持节点 ( Serving GPRS Support Node, SGSN; 通用分组无线月良务, General Packet Radio Service , GPRS ) 网关 GPRS 支持节点 ( Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN ) 接入 PDN网络。 For the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), the UE passes through the Node (NodeB), via the Radio Network Control (RNC), the GPRS Support Node (SGSN; GM) Packet Radio Service, GPRS) Gateway GPRS Support Node (Gateway GPRS Support Node, GGSN) Access to the PDN network.
对于长期演进 ( Long Term Evolution, LTE ) 网络, UE 通过 演进的基站 ( evolved NodeB , eNB ) , 经由移动性管理实体 ( Mol ibi 1 i ty Mangemant Eni ty , MME )、 月良务网 关 ( Serving GateWay, SGW ) 分组数据网网关 ( PDN GateWay, PGW ) 接入 PDN 网络。  For a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, the UE passes an evolved base station ( evolved NodeB, eNB), via a mobility management entity (Mol ibi 1 i ty Mangemant Eni ty, MME), and a monthly service gateway (Serving GateWay, SGW) The Packet Data Network Gateway (PDN GateWay, PGW) accesses the PDN network.
对于可信的 AN 网络, UE通过接入点 ( Access Point, AP ), 经由 WLAN可信接入网网关( WLAN Trusted Access Gateway, WTAG )、 PGW接入 PDN网络。  For a trusted AN network, the UE accesses the PDN network through an access point (AP), a WLAN Trusted Access Gateway (WTAG), and a PGW.
对于非可信的 WLAN 网络, UE通过 AP, 经由 WLAN接入网网关 For non-trusted WLAN networks, the UE passes through the WLAN and accesses the gateway through the WLAN.
( WLAN Access Gateway, WAG )、 增强的分组数据网关 ( Enhanced Packet Data Gateway, ePDG)、 PGW接入 PDN网络。 (WLAN Access Gateway, WAG), Enhanced Packet Data Gateway (ePDG), PGW access to PDN network.
在图 1所示的网络拓朴下, RAN侧由 WLAN网络来承载部分 3GPP 网络流量的方案被提出,下面以 LTE 系统与 WLAN系统的交互为例, 给出现有的通过 WLAN 网络来承载部分 LTE 网络流量的具体示例如 图 2所示:  In the network topology shown in FIG. 1, a scheme in which the RAN side carries a part of the 3GPP network traffic by the WLAN network is proposed. The following takes the interaction between the LTE system and the WLAN system as an example, and the existing WLAN network is used to carry part of the LTE. A specific example of network traffic is shown in Figure 2:
S201 UE与 PGW建立 PDN连接。  S201 UE establishes a PDN connection with the PGW.
S202、 MME 发送非接入层 ( Non-Access Stratum, NAS ) 消息 给 UE, NAS消息携带可以分流的接入点名字( Access Point Name , ΑΡΝ ) 信息。  S202. The MME sends a Non-Access Stratum (NAS) message to the UE, where the NAS message carries an access point name (Access Point Name, ΑΡΝ) information that can be offloaded.
其中, ΑΡΝ信息中包含可以分流至 WLAN的 APN信息。  The ΑΡΝ information contains APN information that can be offloaded to the WLAN.
需要说明的是, MME发送 NAS消息给 UE可能是在 S201建立 PDN 连接过程中, 或者在 PDN连接建立完成后,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定。  It should be noted that, the MME sends a NAS message to the UE, which may be in the process of establishing a PDN connection in S201, or after the PDN connection is established, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
S203、 eNB 发送广播消息或专用无线资源控制协议 ( Radio Resource Control, RRC ) 消息给 UE, 广播消息或专用 RRC消息中 携带 UE所属小区的 RAN辅助参数。  S203. The eNB sends a broadcast message or a dedicated Radio Resource Control (RRC) message to the UE, and the RAN auxiliary parameter of the cell to which the UE belongs is carried in the broadcast message or the dedicated RRC message.
其中, 辅助参数包括:  Among them, the auxiliary parameters include:
LTE 网络参数, t匕^口 LTE 网络的参考信号接^:功率( Reference Signal Receiving Power, RSRP )、 参考信号接收质量 ( Reference Signal Receiving Power , RSRQ ); LTE network parameters, Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP), Reference Signal Receiving Quality (Reference) Signal Receiving Power , RSRQ );
WLAN 网络参数, 比 ^口 WLAN 网络的信道利用 率 (Channel Utilization WLAN) , WLAN 网络的下行回程速率(Backhau 1 Rate D1WLAN) , WLAN 网络的上行回程速率 ( Backhaul Rate U1WLAN) , WLAN 网 络的接收信道功 率指 示 ( Received Channel Power Indicator , RCP I ) , WLAN网络的接^:信号噪声比指示 ( Rece i ved Channel Power Indicator , RSN I );  WLAN network parameters, Channel Utilization WLAN for WLAN networks, Backhau 1 Rate D1 WLAN for WLAN networks, Backhaul Rate U1 WLAN for WLAN networks, Receive channel power for WLAN networks Received Channel Power Indicator (RCP I), WLAN network: Received Channel Power Indicator (RSN I);
WLAN网络标识符列表, 用于标识可能的分流目标 WLAN网络。 A list of WLAN network identifiers used to identify possible offloading target WLAN networks.
S204、 UE获取实际测量的辅助参数。 S204. The UE acquires an auxiliary parameter that is actually measured.
S205、 UE 根据接收到的 RAN辅助参数、 以及实际测得的辅助 参数, 通过 RAN 规则进行 WLAN网络选择, 并根据接收到的可以分 流的 APN信息, 确定可分流至 WLAN 网络的 APN。  S205. The UE performs WLAN network selection by using the RAN rule according to the received RAN auxiliary parameter and the actually measured auxiliary parameter, and determines an APN that can be offloaded to the WLAN network according to the received APN information that can be offloaded.
具体的, RAN规则可以如下:  Specifically, the RAN rule can be as follows:
LTE服务小区满足:  The LTE service cell meets:
RSRP测量值 < RSRP预设低门限值; 或者,  RSRP measurement value < RSRP preset low threshold; or
RSRQ测量值 < RSRQ预设低门限值;  RSRQ measurement value < RSRQ preset low threshold;
并且, 目标 WLAN网络满足:  And, the target WLAN network meets:
WLAN网络的信道利用率 <信道利用率预设低门限值; 且, WLAN网络的下行回程速率〉下行回程速率预设高门限值; 且, WLAN网络的上行回程速率 >上行回程速率预设高门限值; 且, RCPI > RCPI预设高门限值; 且,  Channel utilization of the WLAN network <channel utilization preset low threshold; and, downlink backhaul rate of the WLAN network> downlink backhaul rate preset high threshold; and, WLAN network uplink backhaul rate> uplink backhaul rate preset High threshold; and, RCPI > RCPI preset high threshold; and,
RSNI > RSNI预设高门限值。  RSNI > RSNI preset high threshold.
S206、 UE接入选定的 WLAN网络, 和 PGW建立连接, 并将可分 流的 APN对应的承载或 IP流通过 WLAN网络进行传输。  S206. The UE accesses the selected WLAN network, establishes a connection with the PGW, and transmits the bearer or IP stream corresponding to the splittable APN through the WLAN network.
当然, 当 UE执行从 WLAN网络至 LTE 网络的网络分流时, 具体 的 RAN规则可以如下:  Of course, when the UE performs network offloading from the WLAN network to the LTE network, the specific RAN rule can be as follows:
目标 WLAN网络满足:  The target WLAN network meets:
WLAN网络的信道利用率 >信道利用率预设高门限值; 或者, WLAN 网络的下行回程速率 <下行回程速率预设低门限值; 或 者, Channel utilization of the WLAN network > channel utilization preset high threshold; or, downlink downlink rate of the WLAN network <downward return rate preset low threshold; or By,
WLAN 网络的上行回程速率 <上行回程速率预设低门限值; 或 者,  Uplink backhaul rate of the WLAN network <uplink backhaul rate preset low threshold; or
RCPI < RCPI预设低门限值; 或者,  RCPI < RCPI preset low threshold; or,
RSNI < RSNI预设低门限值;  RSNI < RSNI preset low threshold;
并且, LTE服务小区满足:  And, the LTE serving cell satisfies:
RSRP测量值〉 RSRP预设高门限值; 且  RSRP measurement value > RSRP preset high threshold;
RSRQ测量值 > RSRQ预设高门限值;  RSRQ measurement value > RSRQ preset high threshold;
需要说明的是, 上述仅是示例性的给出一种现有的通过非 3GPP 网络来承载部分 3GPP 网络流量的方法, 当然, 对于不同的系 统, 具体的实现可能有所不同, 本发明在此不再——赘述。  It should be noted that the above is merely an exemplary method for carrying a part of 3GPP network traffic through a non-3GPP network. Of course, the specific implementation may be different for different systems, and the present invention is here. No longer.
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术 方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明 一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本 领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其 他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例中描述的 UE可以是无线终端,该无线终端可以是 只向用户提供语音和 /或数据连通性的设备, 具有无线连接功能的手 持式设备、 或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。 无线终端可 以经 RAN与一个或多个核心网进行通信, 无线终端可以是移动终端, 如移动电话 (或称为 "蜂窝" 电话) 和具有移动终端的计算机, 例 如, 可以是便携式、 袖珍式、 手持式、 计算机内置的或者车载的移 动装置, 它们与 RAN 交换语言和 /或数据。 例如, 个人通信业务 ( Personal Communication Service, PCS ) 电话、 无绳电话、 会话 发起协议 ( SIP ) 话机、 无线本地环路 ( Wireless Local Loop, WLL ) 站、 个人数字助理 ( Personal Digital Assistant, PDA ) 等设备。 无线终端也可以称为系统、 订户单元 ( Subscriber Uni t ) 订户站 ( Subscriber Station ) , 移动站 ( Mo bile Station ) 移动 台 ( Mobi le )> 远程站 ( Remote Stat ion ) 接入点 ( Access Point, AP )、 远程终端 ( Remote Terminal )、 接入终端 ( Access Terminal )、 用户终端 ( User Terminal ) 用户代理 ( User Agent ) 或用户设备。 The UE described in the embodiment of the present invention may be a wireless terminal, which may be a device that only provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. . The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via the RAN, which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, Handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the RAN. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (PDAs), etc. . A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit (Subscriber Unit), a subscriber station (Subscriber Station), a mobile station (Mo bile Station), a mobile station (Mobi le), a remote station (Remote Station) access point (Access Point, AP), Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal User Agent or User Equipment.
为了便于清楚描述本发明实施例的技术方案,在本发明的实施 例中, 釆用了 "第一"、 "第二"、 "第三"、 "第四" 等字样对功能和 作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分,本领域技术人员可以理 解 "第一"、 "第二"、 "第三"、 "第四" 等字样并不对数量和执行次 序进行限定。  In order to facilitate the clear description of the technical solution of the embodiment of the present invention, in the embodiment of the present invention, the words "first", "second", "third", "fourth" and the like are used to have substantially the same function and function. The same or similar items are distinguished, and those skilled in the art can understand that the words "first", "second", "third", "fourth" and the like do not limit the quantity and execution order.
实施例一、  Embodiment 1
本发明实施例提供一种 UE2400, 应用在 UE2400从源小区切换 至目标小区,并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络 的场景下, 具体如图 24所示, UE2400 包括: 获取单元 2401、 发送 单元 2402。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a UE 2400, where the UE2400 is used to switch from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network. As shown in FIG. 24, the UE2400 includes: an acquiring unit 2401. And sending unit 2402.
获取单元 2401 , 用于获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE2400 切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE2400 在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3 GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The obtaining unit 2401 is configured to obtain an interval length, where the time interval between the UE2400 handover to the target cell and the time when the UE2400 offloads the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell through the non-3GPP network.
发送单元 2402, 用于发送间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其 中, 目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点。  The sending unit 2402 is configured to send an interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
优选的, UE2400在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流 量进行分流的时刻具体可以包括:  Preferably, the time when the UE2400 offloads the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network in the target cell may include:
UE2400在目标小区确定通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻; 或者,  The UE2400 determines, at the time when the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network; or
UE2400 在目标小区完成将指定业务分流至非 3GPP 网络的时 刻。  The UE2400 completes the offloading of the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
优选的, UE2400切换至目标小区的时刻具体可以包括:  Preferably, the moment when the UE2400 switches to the target cell may specifically include:
UE2400 接收到源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换命令 的消息的时刻;或者,  The time when the UE2400 receives the handover command message sent by the source cell or the message equivalent to the handover command; or
UE2400在目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者,  The moment when the UE2400 completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or,
UE2400 在目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换完成 消息的消息的时刻。 具体的, 若目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标控制节 点具体可以为目标基站; The UE2400 successfully transmits a handover complete message or a message equivalent to the handover complete message in the target cell. Specifically, if the target cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the target control node may specifically be the target base station;
若目标小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标控制节点具体可 以为目标 RN (:。  If the target cell is in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the target control node may specifically be the target RN (:.
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例提供的 UE2400的单元模块中, 获取单元 2401具体可以通过处理器来实现,发送单元 2402具体可 以通过发送器来实现。 其中, 处理器、 发送器之间可以相互通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that, in the unit module of the UE2400 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the obtaining unit 2401 may be specifically implemented by a processor, and the sending unit 2402 may be specifically implemented by using a transmitter. The processor and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的, 通过所述 UE2400进行网络移动性优化的方法可参考 实施例九或实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the UE2400 may refer to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment, which is not repeatedly described in the embodiment of the present invention.
由于本实施例的 UE2400 能够用于执行下述实施例九或实施例 十的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例九 或实施例十中的描述, 在此先不故具体阐述。  Since the UE 2400 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. No specific explanation.
实施例二、  Embodiment 2
本发明实施例提供一种目标控制节点 2500, 应用在 UE从源小 区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 目标控制节点 2500为目标小区所属的控制节 点, 具体如图 25所示, 目标控制节点 2500 包括: 接收单元 2501、 确定单元 2502、 发送单元 2503。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a target control node 2500, where the target control node 2500 is controlled by the target cell, in a scenario where the UE switches from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network. As shown in FIG. 25, the target control node 2500 includes: a receiving unit 2501, a determining unit 2502, and a sending unit 2503.
接收单元 2501, 用于接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 间隔时间 长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网 络对 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差;  The receiving unit 2501 is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE divides the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell by using the non-3GPP network;
确定单元 2502, 用于确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门 限;  a determining unit 2502, configured to determine whether an interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
发送单元 2503, 用于若目标控制节点 2500确定间隔时间长度 小于第一预设门限,发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一无线控 制器 ( Single Radio Controller, SRC ), 第一指示消息用于指示 UE 发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 源控制节点为源小区所属的控制 节点。  The sending unit 2503 is configured to: if the target control node 2500 determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, send the first indication message to the source control node or a single radio controller (SRC), where the first indication message is used. Indicates that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is the control node to which the source cell belongs.
优选的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻具体可以包括: Preferably, the UE enters the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell. The timing of the line splitting may specifically include:
UE在目标小区确定通过非 3 GPP 网络对 3 GPP 网络流量进行分 流的时刻; 或者,  The UE determines, at the target cell, a time when the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded through the non-3GPP network; or
UE在目标小区完成将指定业务分流至非 3 GPP 网络的时刻。 优选的, UE切换至目标小区的时刻具体可以包括:  The UE completes the time when the designated service is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell. Preferably, the moment when the UE switches to the target cell may specifically include:
UE 接收到源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换命令的消 息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
UE在目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者,  The moment when the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or,
UE 在目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换完成消息 的消息的时刻。  The moment when the UE successfully transmits a handover complete message or a message equivalent to the handover complete message in the target cell.
进一步的, 接收单元 25 01 , 还用于在发送单元 25 03发送第一 指示消息给源控制节点之后, 接收源控制节点发送的第一消息, 第 一消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数,第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区 的 RAN辅助参数。  Further, the receiving unit 25 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node, receive the first message sent by the source control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, The two RAN auxiliary parameters are RAN auxiliary parameters of the target cell.
发送单元 2 5 0 3 , 还用于发送第二消息给源控制节点, 第二消 息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit 2 5 0 3 is further configured to send the second message to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助 参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell. This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
进一步的, 接收单元 25 01 , 还用于在发送单元 25 03发送第一 指示消息给源控制节点或 S R C之后,接收源控制节点发送的第四消 息, 第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN 辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  Further, the receiving unit 25 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, receive the fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first wireless connection. The incoming RAN auxiliary parameter, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
进一步的, 如图 26所示, 目标控制节点 2 5 00还可以包括更新 单元 25 04。  Further, as shown in FIG. 26, the target control node 2 500 can also include an update unit 254.
更新单元 2 5 04 , 用于在接收单元 2 5 01接收源控制节点发送的 第四消息之后,根据更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新第二 RAN辅助 参数, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit 2 5 04 is configured to: after the receiving unit 205 receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the target cell RAN auxiliary parameters.
可选的, 接收单元 2 5 01 , 还用于在发送单元 25 03发送第一指 示消息给源控制节点或 S RC 之后, 接收源控制节点发送的第五消 息,第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参 数的建议修改值, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 第 二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数; Optionally, the receiving unit 2 5 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 25 03 sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, receive the fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN assist Modified value of the parameter and the second RAN auxiliary parameter a number of suggested modified values, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
更新单元 2504,用于根据第一辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN 辅助参数的建议修改值更新第二 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit 2504 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
具体的, 若源小区与目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源基站, 目标控制节点 2500具体可以为目 标基站;  Specifically, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node 2500 may be the target base station;
若源小区与 目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,源控制节 点具体可以为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 目标控制节点 2500 具体可 以为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node 2500 may specifically be a target RNC;
若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源基站, 目标控制节点 2500具体 可以为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node 2500 may be the target RNC;
若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点 2500 具体 可以为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the UMTS 3GPP network and the target cell is in the LTE network, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node 2500 may be the target base station.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例提供的目标控制节点 2500 的 单元模块中, 接收单元 2501 具体可以通过接收器来实现、 确定单 元 2502、更新单元 2504具体可以通过处理器来实现,发送单元 2503 具体可以通过发送器来实现。 其中, 接收器、 处理器、 发送器之间 可以相互通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that, in the unit module of the target control node 2500 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 2501 may be implemented by a receiver, and the determining unit 2502 and the updating unit 2504 may be specifically implemented by a processor, where the sending unit 2503 This can be achieved by a transmitter. The receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的, 通过目标控制节点 2500进行网络移动性优化的方法 可参考实施例九或实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  For example, the method for performing network mobility optimization by the target control node 2500 may refer to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment.
由于本实施例的目标控制节点 2500能够用于执行下述实施例 九或实施例十的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下 述实施例九或实施例十中的描述, 在此先不故具体阐述。  Since the target control node 2500 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. I will elaborate on this beforehand.
实施例三、  Embodiment 3
本发明实施例提供一种源控制节点 2700, 应用在 UE从源小区 切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 源控制节点 2700 为源小区所属的控制节点, 具体 如图 27 所示, 源控制节点 27 00 包括: 接收单元 2 7 01、 修改单元 2 7 02 ; 或者, 具体如图 2 8所示, 源控制节点 27 00 包括: 接收单元 2 7 01、 更新单元 27 03。 The embodiment of the present invention provides a source control node 2700, where the source control node 2700 is controlled by the source cell, in a scenario where the UE is handed over from the source cell to the target cell, and the target cell divides the 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network. Node, specific As shown in FIG. 27, the source control node 27 00 includes: a receiving unit 2 7 01, a modifying unit 2 7 02; or, as specifically shown in FIG. 28, the source control node 27 00 includes: a receiving unit 2 7 01, an update unit 27 03.
接收单元 2 7 01 , 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息 , 第一指示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 目标控制 节点为目标小区所属的控制节点。  The receiving unit 2 7 01 is configured to receive a first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
修改单元 2 7 02 , 用于若在预设时间内, 接收单元 27 01接收到 的 UE发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 修改切换目标选 择策略。 或者,  The modifying unit 2 7 02 is configured to modify the switching target selection policy if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit 27 01 is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time. Or,
更新单元 2 7 03 , 用于若在预设时间内, 接收单元 27 01接收到 的 UE发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 更新第一 RAN辅 助参数, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit 2 7 03 is configured to: if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit 271 is greater than the second preset threshold, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the source. RAN auxiliary parameters of the cell.
进一步的, 一种可能的实现方式中, 如图 29所示, 源控制节 点 2 7 00还包括发送单元 2 7 04。  Further, in a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 29, the source control node 2 7 00 further includes a sending unit 2 7 04.
发送单元 2 7 04 , 用于在更新单元 2 7 03更新第一 RAN辅助参数 之前, 发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用于请求第二 RAN 辅助参数, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit 2 7 04 is configured to send a first message to the target control node before updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the target RAN auxiliary parameters of the cell.
接收单元 2 7 01 , 还用于接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息, 第二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The receiving unit 2 7 01 is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
更新单元 2 7 03具体用于:  Update unit 2 7 03 is specifically used for:
根据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 本发明实施例 对此不作具体限定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
另一种可能的实现方式中, 接收单元 2 7 01 , 还用于在更新单 元 27 03更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 接收 S RC发送的第三消息, 第三消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。  In another possible implementation manner, the receiving unit 207 is further configured to: before the updating unit 27 03 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive a third message sent by the S RC, where the third message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter. Update the value.
更新单元 2 7 03具体用于:  Update unit 2 7 03 is specifically used for:
根据第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
进一步的, 一种可能的实现方式中, 如图 29所示, 发送单元 2 7 04 , 用于在更新单元 2 7 03更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第 四消息给目标控制节点, 第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN 辅助参 数。 Further, in a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 29, the sending unit 2 7 04 is configured to send the first RAN auxiliary parameter after the updating unit 277 The fourth message is sent to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
另一种可能的实现方式中, 发送单元 2704, 用于在更新单元 2703更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第五消息给目标控制节点, 第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的 建议修改值。  In another possible implementation, the sending unit 2704 is configured to: after the updating unit 2703 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fifth message to the target control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the The suggested modified value of the two RAN auxiliary parameters.
具体的, 若源小区与目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点 2700具体为可以源基站, 目标控制节点具体可以为目 标基站;  Specifically, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node 2700 is specifically a source base station, and the target control node may be a target base station;
若源小区与 目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,源控制节 点 2700具体可以为 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS 3GPP network, the source control node 2700 may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RNC.
若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的 网络下, 源控制节点 2700具体可以为源基站, 目标控制节点具体 可以为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, and the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node 2700 may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target RNC;
若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点 2700具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点 具体可以为目标基站。 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例提供的源控制节点 2700 的单 元模块中, 接收单元 2701 具体可以通过接收器来实现、 修改单元 2702、 更新单元 2703具体可以通过处理器来实现, 发送单元 2704 具体可以通过发送器来实现。 其中, 接收器、 处理器、 发送器之间 可以相互通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system and the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node 2700 may be a source RNC, and the target control node may be a target base station. It should be noted that, in the unit module of the source control node 2700 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 2701 may be implemented by a receiver, and the modifying unit 2702 may be implemented by a processor, where the sending unit 2704 is implemented. This can be achieved by a transmitter. The receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的, 通过源控制节点 2700进行网络移动性优化的方法可 参考实施例九或实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  For details, the method for performing network mobility optimization by the source control node 2700 may be referred to the description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment.
由于本实施例的源控制节点 2700 能够用于执行下述实施例九 或实施例十的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述 实施例九或实施例十中的描述, 在此先不故具体阐述。  Since the source control node 2700 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description in the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. I will elaborate on this beforehand.
实施例四、  Embodiment 4
本发明实施例提供一种 SRC3000, 应用在 UE从源小区切换至 目标小区,并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流至非 3GPP网络的 场景下, 具体如图 30所示, SRC3000 包括: 接收单元 3001、 发送 单元 3002。 The embodiment of the present invention provides an SRC3000, where the UE is switched from a source cell to a target cell, and the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell. In the scenario, as shown in FIG. 30, the SRC3000 includes: a receiving unit 3001 and a sending unit 3002.
接收单元 3001, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 第一指示消息用于指示用户设备 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点。  The receiving unit 3001 is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的 次数大于第二预设门限, SRC3000发送第三消息给源控制节点, 第 三消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值,第一 RAN辅助参数为源小 区的 RAN辅助参数, 源控制节点为源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC3000 sends a third message to the source control node, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
具体的, 若源小区与目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源基站, 目标控制节点具体可以为 目标基 站;  Specifically, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target base station;
若源小区与 目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,源控制节 点具体可以为 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS 3GPP network, the source control node may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RNC;
若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源基站, 目标控制节点具体可以为 目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, and the target cell is in the UMTS standard network, the source control node may be the source base station, and the target control node may be the target RNC;
若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为 目标基站。  If the source cell is in the UMTS 3GPP network and the target cell is in the LTE network, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target base station.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例提供的 SRC3000 的单元模块 中, 接收单元 3001 具体可以通过接收器来实现、 发送单元 3002 具体可以通过发送器来实现。 其中, 接收器、 发送器之间可以相互 通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that, in the unit module of the SRC3000 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 3001 may be specifically implemented by a receiver, and the sending unit 3002 may be specifically implemented by a transmitter. The receiver and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的,通过 SRC300G进行网络移动性优化的方法可参考实施 例九或实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  For details, the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the SRC300G may be referred to the description of the embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment.
由于本实施例的 SRC3000 能够用于执行下述实施例九或实施 例十的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例 九或实施例十中的描述, 在此先不做具体阐述。  Since the SRC3000 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following embodiment IX or the tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the following description of the ninth embodiment or the tenth embodiment. Do not elaborate.
实施例五、 本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的系统 3100, 具体如 图 31所示, 系统 3100 包括: Embodiment 5 The embodiment of the present invention provides a network mobility optimization system 3100. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 31, the system 3100 includes:
如实施例一所述的 UE2400、 如实施例二所述的目标控制节点 2500、 以及如实施例三所述的源控制节点 2700。  The UE 2400 according to the first embodiment, the target control node 2500 as described in the second embodiment, and the source control node 2700 as described in the third embodiment.
具体的, 关于 UE2400 的具体描述可参考实施例一、 关于目标 控制节点 2500的具体描述可参考实施例二、 关于源控制节点 2700 的具体描述可参考实施例三, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For a specific description of the UE2400, refer to the first embodiment. For a detailed description of the target control node 2500, refer to the second embodiment. For a detailed description of the source control node 2700, reference may be made to the third embodiment. Narration.
具体的, 通过网络移动性优化的系统 3100进行网络移动性优 化的方法可参考实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by the network mobility optimization system 3100 can refer to the description of the tenth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
由于本实施例的系统 3100 能够用于执行下述实施例十的方 法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例十中的描 述, 在此先不故具体阐述。  Since the system 3100 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following tenth embodiment, which will not be specifically described herein.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的系统 3200, 具体如图 32所示, 系统 3200 包括:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a network mobility optimization system 3200. As shown in FIG. 32, the system 3200 includes:
如实施例一所述的 UE2400、 如实施例二所述的目标控制节点 2500、 如实施例三所述的源控制节点 2700、 以及如实施例四所述 的 SRC3000。  The UE 2400 according to the first embodiment, the target control node 2500 as described in the second embodiment, the source control node 2700 as described in the third embodiment, and the SRC 3000 as described in the fourth embodiment.
具体的, 关于 UE2400 的具体描述可参考实施例一、 关于目标 控制节点 2500的具体描述可参考实施例二、 关于源控制节点 2700 的具体描述可参考实施例三、关于 SRC3000的具体描述可参考实施 例四, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For a detailed description of the UE2400, refer to the first embodiment. For a detailed description of the target control node 2500, refer to the second embodiment. For a detailed description of the source control node 2700, refer to the third embodiment. For a detailed description of the SRC3000, refer to the implementation. For example, the embodiment of the present invention is not described herein again.
具体的, 通过网络移动性优化的系统 3200进行网络移动性优 化的方法可参考实施例十的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by the network mobility optimization system 3200 can refer to the description of the tenth embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
由于本实施例的系统 3200 能够用于执行下述实施例十的方 法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例十中的描 述, 在此先不故具体阐述。  Since the system 3200 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following tenth embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following tenth embodiment, which will not be specifically described herein.
实施例六、  Embodiment 6
本发明实施例提供一种第一控制节点 3300,具体如图 33所示, 第一控制节点 3300 包括: 发送单元 3301、 接收单元 3302、 更新单 元 3303。 发送单元 3 301 , 用于发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 第一消 息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 第一控制节点 3 300为 第一小区所属的控制节点,第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制节 点, 第二 RAN辅助参数为第二小区的 RAN辅助参数。 The embodiment of the present invention provides a first control node 3300. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 33, the first control node 3300 includes: a sending unit 3301, a receiving unit 3302, and an updating unit 3303. The sending unit 3 301 is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, the first control node 3300 is a control node to which the first cell belongs, and the second The control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
接收单元 3 302 , 用于接收第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 第 二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The receiving unit 3 302 is configured to receive a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
更新单元 3 30 3 , 用于根据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅 助参数, 第一 RAN辅助参数为第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit 3 30 3 is configured to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 本发明实施例 对此不作具体限定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的, 发送单元 3 301 , 还用于在更新单元 3 3 03根据第 二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发送第四消息给第二 控制节点, 第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  Further, the sending unit 3 301 is further configured to: after the updating unit 333 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fourth message to the second control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameters.
可选的,发送单元 3 301 ,还用于在更新单元 3 303 居第二 RAN 辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后,发送第五消息给第二控制节 点,第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参 数的建议修改值。  Optionally, the sending unit 3 301 is further configured to: after the updating unit 3 303 updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter by using the second RAN auxiliary parameter, sending a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter The modified value and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
具体的,若第一小区与第二小区均在 LTE制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 第一控制节点 3 300具体可以为第一基站, 第二控制节点具体可以 为第二基站;  Specifically, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the first control node 3300 may be the first base station, and the second control node may be the second base station.
若第一小区与第二小区均在 UMTS制式的 3 GPP 网络下,第一控 制节点 3 300 具体可以为第一 RNC , 第二控制节点具体可以为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the first control node 3 300 may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
若第一小区在 LTE制式的 3 GPP 网络下,第二小区在 UMTS制式 的网络下, 第一控制节点 3 300具体可以为第一基站, 第二控制节 点具体可以为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell is in the LTE system and the second cell is in the UMTS network, the first control node 3300 may be the first base station, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
若第一小区在 UMT S制式的 3 GPP 网络下,第二小区在 LTE制式 的网络下, 第一控制节点 3 300 具体可以为第一 RNC , 第二控制节 点具体可以为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMT S system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node 3 300 may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second base station.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例提供的第一控制节点 3 300 的 单元模块中, 接收单元 3 302 具体可以通过接收器来实现, 更新单 元 3 303具体可以通过处理器来实现,发送单元 3 301具体可以通过 发送器来实现。 其中, 接收器、 处理器、 发送器之间可以相互通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。 It should be noted that, in the first control node 3 300 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, In the unit module, the receiving unit 3 302 can be implemented by a receiver, and the updating unit 3 303 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending unit 3 301 can be implemented by using a transmitter. The receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的, 通过第一控制节点 3 300进行网络移动性优化的方法 可参考实施例十一的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the first control node 3 300 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
由于本实施例的第一控制节点 3 300能够用于执行下述实施例 十一的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例 十一中的描述, 在此先不做具体阐述。  The first control node 3 300 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following eleventh embodiment. Therefore, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following eleventh embodiment. Make a specific explanation.
实施例七、  Example VII.
本发明实施例提供一种第二控制节点 34 00 ,具体如图 34所示, 第二控制节点 34 00 包括: 接收单元 34 01、 发送单元 34 02。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a second control node 34 00 . As shown in FIG. 34 , the second control node 34 00 includes: a receiving unit 34 01 and a sending unit 34 02.
接收单元 34 01 , 用于接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 第 一消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数,第一控制节点为第一小区所属 的控制节点, 第二控制节点 34 00 为第二小区所属的控制节点, 第 二 RAN辅助参数为第二小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The receiving unit 34 01 is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, and the second control node 34 00 is The control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
发送单元 34 02 , 用于发送第二消息给第一控制节点, 第二消 息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit 34 02 is configured to send a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助 参数为第一小区的 RAN 辅助参数。 本发明实施例对此不作具体限 定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell. This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
进一步的, 接收单元 34 01 , 还用于在发送单元 34 02发送第二 消息给第一控制节点之后, 接收第一控制节点发送的第四消息, 第 四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数,第一 RAN辅助参数为第一 小区的 RAN辅助参数。  Further, the receiving unit 34 01 is further configured to: after the sending unit 34 02 sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fourth message sent by the first control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter. The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
进一步的, 如图 35所示, 第二控制节点 34 00还包括更新单元 34 03。  Further, as shown in FIG. 35, the second control node 34 00 further includes an update unit 34 03.
更新单元 34 03 , 用于在接收单元 34 01接收第一控制节点发送 的第四消息之后, 根据更新后的第一 RAN 辅助参数更新第二 RAN 辅助参数。 可选的, 接收单元 3401, 用于在发送单元 3402发送第二消息 给第一控制节点之后, 接收第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 第五消 息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修 改值, 第一 RAN辅助参数为第一小区的 RAN辅助参数; The updating unit 34 03 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter after the receiving unit 34 01 receives the fourth message sent by the first control node. Optionally, the receiving unit 3401 is configured to: after the sending unit 3402 sends the second message to the first control node, receive the fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
更新单元 3403,用于根据第一辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN 辅助参数的建议修改值更新第二 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit 3403 is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
具体的,若第一小区与第二小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一基站, 第二控制节点 3400具体可以 为第二基站;  Specifically, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the first control node may be the first base station, and the second control node 3400 may be the second base station.
若第一小区与第二小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,第一控 制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控制节点 3400 具体可以为第二 RNC;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the UMTS 3GPP network, the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node 3400 may be the second RNC.
若第一小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下,第二小区在 UMTS制式 的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一基站, 第二控制节点 3400 具体可以为第二 RNC;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the UMTS network, the first control node may be the first base station, and the second control node 3400 may be the second RNC.
若第一小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下,第二小区在 LTE制式 的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控制节点 3400 具体可以为第二基站。 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例提供的第二控制节点 3400 的 单元模块中, 接收单元 3401 具体可以通过接收器来实现, 更新单 元 3403具体可以通过处理器来实现,发送单元 3402具体可以通过 发送器来实现。 其中, 接收器、 处理器、 发送器之间可以相互通信, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node 3400 may be the second base station. It should be noted that, in the unit module of the second control node 3400 provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the receiving unit 3401 may be specifically implemented by a receiver, and the updating unit 3403 may be specifically implemented by a processor, and the sending unit 3402 may specifically pass The transmitter is implemented. The receiver, the processor, and the transmitter can communicate with each other, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
具体的, 通过第二控制节点 3400进行网络移动性优化的方法 可参考实施例十一的描述, 本发明实施例对此不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the second control node 3400 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
由于本实施例的第二控制节点 3400能够用于执行下述实施例 十一的方法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例 十一中的描述, 在此先不做具体阐述。  The second control node 3400 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following eleventh embodiment. Therefore, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following eleventh embodiment. Specific explanation.
实施例八、  Example VIII.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的系统 3600, 具体如 图 36所示, 系统 3600 包括: The embodiment of the invention provides a system 3600 for network mobility optimization, such as As shown in Figure 36, system 3600 includes:
如实施例六所述的第一控制节点 3 300、 以及如实施例七所述 的第二控制节点 34 00。  The first control node 3 300 as described in the sixth embodiment, and the second control node 34 00 as described in the seventh embodiment.
具体的,关于第一控制节点 3 3 00的具体描述可参考实施例六, 关于第二控制节点 34 00的具体描述可参考实施例七, 本发明实施 例在此不再赘述。  For a specific description of the first control node 3 3 00, reference may be made to the sixth embodiment. For a detailed description of the second control node 340, reference may be made to the seventh embodiment, and the embodiments of the present invention are not described herein again.
具体的, 通过第一控制节点 3 3 00、 第二控制节点 34 00进行网 络移动性优化的方法可参考实施例十一的描述,本发明实施例在此 不再赘述。  Specifically, the method for performing network mobility optimization by using the first control node 3 3 00 and the second control node 34 00 may refer to the description of the eleventh embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
由于本实施例的系统 36 00 能够用于执行下述实施例十一的方 法, 因此, 其所能获得的技术效果也可以参照下述实施例十一中的 描述, 在此先不做具体阐述。  Since the system 36 00 of the present embodiment can be used to perform the method of the following eleventh embodiment, the technical effects that can be obtained can also be referred to the description in the following eleventh embodiment, and will not be specifically described herein. .
实施例九、  Example IX.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3 GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3 GPP网络, 如图 3所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 3, the method includes :
S 301、 UE获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标 小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3 GPP 网络对 3 GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻的时间差。  S 301: The UE obtains an interval length, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE divides the 3GPP network traffic by the target cell through the non-3GPP network.
其中, UE在目标小区通过非 3 GPP 网络对 3 GPP 网络流量进行 分流的时刻 ( 间隔时间长度的终止时刻 ) 具体可以包括:  The time at which the UE splits the traffic of the 3GPP network through the non-3GPP network by the target cell (the end time of the interval length) may specifically include:
UE在目标小区确定通过非 3 GPP 网络对 3 GPP 网络流量进行分 流的时刻; 或者,  The UE determines, at the target cell, a time when the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded through the non-3GPP network; or
UE在目标小区完成将指定业务分流至非 3 GPP 网络的时刻。 The UE completes the time when the designated service is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
UE 切换至目标小区的时刻 ( 间隔时间长度的起始时刻 ) 具体 可以包括: The time at which the UE switches to the target cell (the starting time of the interval length) may specifically include:
UE 接收到源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换命令的消 息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of the handover command; or
UE在目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者,  The moment when the UE completes the random access procedure in the target cell; or,
UE 在目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换完成消息 的消息的时刻。 The UE successfully sends a handover complete message or is equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell. The moment of the message.
本发明实施例对间隔时间长度的起始时刻与终止时刻不作具 体限定。  The embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit the start time and the end time of the interval length.
S 302、 UE 发送间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 目标控制节点 为目标小区所属的控制节点。  S 302. The UE sends an interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当 目标小区在不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the target cell is in a different 3GPP network, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的, 若目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标控制 节点具体可以为目标 eNB。  Exemplarily, if the target cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the target control node may specifically be the target eNB.
示例性的, 若目标小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标控制 节点具体可以为目标 RN (:。  Exemplarily, if the target cell is in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the target control node may specifically be the target RN (:.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络为例进行说明, 当然, 本发明实施例还可以适用于其 它制式的网络, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定, 在此不再——列 举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only a 3GPP network of the LTE system and a 3GPP network of the UMTS system. For example, the embodiment of the present invention may be applied to other types of networks, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention. No longer here - list instructions.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法, UE 可以获 取间隔时间长度,并将该间隔时间长度发送给目标控制节点,其中, 该间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过 非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差。 这样, 目 标控制节点就可以根据该间隔时间长度判断 UE是否发生了不必要 的切换, 在 UE 发生不必要切换时及时通知源控制节点或 SRC, 以 使得源控制节点可以及时修改切换目标选择策略或者更新第一 RAN 辅助参数, 或者, SRC 可以及时通知源控制节点更新第一 RAN 辅助参数, 进而防止了 UE在源小区持续发生不必要切换的现象发 生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切 换过程中小区切换失败的问题发生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到 网络移动性优化的目的。  According to the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE is in the UE. The time difference of the time when the target cell splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network. In this way, the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the SRC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the SRC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell switching process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP网络, 如图 4所示, 方法包括: S401、 目标控制节点接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 间隔时间 长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网 络对 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差。 An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes: S401. The target control node receives the interval length sent by the UE, where the interval time is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network.
其中, 目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点。  The target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的 时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For the time when the UE is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network, and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell, refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S402、 目标控制节点确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门 限。  S402. The target control node determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
需要说明的是, 当间隔时间长度的起始点选取不同时, 第一预 设门限的数值并不相同, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that, when the starting point of the interval length is different, the value of the first preset threshold is not the same, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
S403、 若小于, 目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点 或 SRC, 第一指示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。  S403. If the value is smaller, the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
其中, 源控制节点为源小区所属的控制节点。  The source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
本领域技术人员容易理解,第一指示消息可能为在现有的消息 中增加了用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换的指示符或信息而构成 的消息,也可能是新添加的消息,本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  A person skilled in the art can easily understand that the first indication message may be a message formed by adding an indicator or information indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover in the existing message, or may be a newly added message. The embodiment of the invention is not specifically limited thereto.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当 目标小区和 /或源小区在 不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the target cell and/or the source cell are in different 3GPP networks, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的,若源小区与 目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
其中, 目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点, 具体可 以包括:  The target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
目标 eNB通过 X2接口发送 X2接口消息给源 eNB; 或者, 目标 eNB通过 MME转发第一指示消息源 eNB。  The target eNB sends the X2 interface message to the source eNB through the X2 interface; or the target eNB forwards the first indication message source eNB through the MME.
示例性的,若源小区与目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 RN (:。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RN (:.
其中, 目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点, 具体可 以包括: 目标 RNC通过 SGSN转发第一指示消息给源 RN (:。 The target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include: The target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source RN through the SGSN (:.
示例性的, 若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点 具体可以为目标 RN (:。  For example, if the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network and the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
其中, 目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点, 具体可 以包括:  The target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
目标 RNC通过 SGSN、 MME转发第一指示消息给源 eNB。  The target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source eNB through the SGSN and the MME.
示例性的, 若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点 可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system and the target cell is in the LTE system, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
其中, 目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点, 具体可 以包括:  The target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, which may specifically include:
目标 eNB通过 MME 、 SGSN转发第一指示消息给源 RN (:。  The target eNB forwards the first indication message to the source RN through the MME and the SGSN (:.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本 发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定, 在此不再——列举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards, and the present invention The embodiment is not specifically limited thereto, and is not described here again.
进一步的,在目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点之 后, 还可以包括:  Further, after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, the method may further include:
目标控制节点接收源控制节点发送的第一消息,第一消息用于 请求第二 RAN辅助参数,第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助 参数。  The target control node receives the first message sent by the source control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
目标控制节点发送第二消息给源控制节点,第二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node sends a second message to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助 参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell. This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
进一步的, 如图 5所示, 在目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给 源控制节点或 SRC (步骤 S403 ) 之后, 还可以包括:  Further, as shown in FIG. 5, after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC (step S403), the method may further include:
S404a、 目标控制节点接收源控制节点发送的第四消息, 第四 消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。 其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。 S404a: The target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter. The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
S405a、 目标控制节点根据更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新第 二 RAN辅助参数。  S405a. The target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
需要说明的是, 步骤 S405a为可选的步骤, 即目标控制节点可 能仅执行步骤 S401-S404a, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the step S405a is an optional step, that is, the target control node may only perform the steps S401-S404a, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
可选的, 如图 6所示, 在目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源 控制节点或 SRC (步骤 S403 ) 之后, 还可以包括:  Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6, after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC (step S403), the method may further include:
S404b、 目标控制节点接收源控制节点发送的第五消息, 第五 消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议 修改值。  S404b: The target control node receives the fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 第二 RAN 辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
S405b、 目标控制节点根据第一辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新第二 RAN辅助参数。  S405b. The target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
需要说明的是, 第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值、 第二 RAN辅助参 数的建议修改值以及下述的第一 RAN 辅助参数的更新值具体可以 为实际值, 也可以为经过缩放后的索引值, 本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定。  It should be noted that the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter described below may be an actual value or a scaled index value. The embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
需要说明的是, 如具体实施方式的前序部分所述, 第一 /第二 辅助参数可以包括 LTE 网络参数、 WLAN 网络参数、 WLAN 网络标识 符歹 'J表等, LTE参数可以包括 LTE 网络的 RSRP、 RSRQ; WLAN 网络 参数可以包括 WLAN 网络的上行和下行回程速率、 WLAN 网络的 RCPI/RSNI 等, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。 因此, 在目标控 制节点更新第二 RAN辅助参数时,可能是仅对第二 RAN辅助参数中 的其中一个或几个参数进行更新,也可能是更新第二 RAN辅助参数 中的所有参数, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that, as described in the preamble of the specific implementation, the first/second auxiliary parameter may include an LTE network parameter, a WLAN network parameter, a WLAN network identifier, a J'J table, etc., and the LTE parameter may include an LTE network. RSRP, RSRQ; WLAN network parameters may include uplink and downlink backhaul rates of the WLAN network, RCPI/RSNI of the WLAN network, and the like, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, when the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the second RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or all parameters of the second RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated, the present invention The embodiment does not specifically limit this.
示例性的,假设目标控制节点发现更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数 中的 RSRP低门限值为 _90dBm,而第二 RAN辅助参数中的 RSRP低门 限值为 -60dBm, 则可以相应的降低第二 RAN辅助参数中的 RSRP低 门限值为 _70dBm。 Exemplarily, it is assumed that the target control node finds that the RSRP low threshold in the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter is _90 dBm, and the RSRP low threshold in the second RAN auxiliary parameter is -60 dBm, which may be correspondingly reduced. Low RSRP in the second RAN auxiliary parameter The threshold is _70dBm.
需要说明的是, 上述实施例中的第四消息、 第五消息可能是在 现有的消息中增加了新的信息而构成的消息,也可能是新添加的消 息, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the fourth message and the fifth message in the foregoing embodiment may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be a newly added message, which is not used by the embodiment of the present invention. Specifically limited.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法, 目标控制节 点接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度,该间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标 小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻的时间差。 然后, 目标控制节点确定该间隔时间长度 是否小于第一预设门限, 若小于, 发送第一指示消息给源控制节点 或 SRC, 第一指示消息指示 UE 发生了不必要的切换。 这样, 源控 制节点就可以及时修改切换目标选择策略或者更新第一 RAN 辅助 参数, 或者, SRC可以及时通知源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 进而防止了 UE在源小区持续发生不必要切换的现象发生。一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区 切换失败的问题发生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到网络移动性优 化的目 的  According to the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the target control node receives the interval length sent by the UE, where the interval time is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE transmits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell. The time difference at the time of the split. Then, the target control node determines whether the interval length is less than the first preset threshold. If the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, the first indication message indicates that the UE has an unnecessary handover. In this way, the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy or update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, or the SRC can notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary handover in the source cell. A phenomenon occurs. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP网络, 如图 7所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
S70K 源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 第 一指示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。  The S70K source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
其中, 源控制节点为源小区所属的控制节点, 目标控制节点为 目标小区所属的控制节点。  The source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
S702、 若在预设时间内, 源控制节点接收到的 UE发生不必要 切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源控制节点修改切换目标选择策 略; 或者, 源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  S702. If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source control node is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy; or the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
即, 若在预设时间内, 源控制节点接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限,可以通过修改源小区的切换目标选择 策略或者更新第一 RAN辅助参数来优化源小区的网络参数。 示例性的, 具体可以通过如下方式修改切换目标选择策略: 将不必要切换的目标小区确定为低优先级的候选切换目标小 区; 或者, That is, if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source control node is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source cell may be optimized by modifying the handover target selection policy of the source cell or updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter. Network parameters. Exemplarily, the handover target selection policy may be modified by: determining a target cell that is not to be switched as a low priority candidate handover target cell; or
将优先切换策略改为优先进行非 3GPP 网络分流的策略。  Change the priority switching policy to the policy of prioritizing non-3GPP network offloading.
当然,上述仅是示例性的给出两种修改切换目标选择策略的具 体方式, 还可能通过其它方式修改切换目标选择策略, 本发明实施 例对此不作具体限定。  Of course, the above is only an exemplary way to modify the switching target selection policy, and the switching target selection policy may be modified in other ways, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还可以 包括:  Further, before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method may further include:
源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点,第一消息用于请求 第二 RAN辅助参数,第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。 与上述描述类似, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数时, 可 能是仅对第一 RAN辅助参数中的其中一个或几个参数进行更新,也 可能是更新第一 RAN辅助参数中的所有参数,本发明实施例对此不 作具体限定。 示例性的, 假设源控制节点发现第二 RAN辅助参数中的 RSRP 低门限值为 -90dBm, 而第一 RAN 辅助参数中的 RSRP 低门限值为 -60dBm, 则可以相应的降低第一 RAN辅助参数中的 RSRP低门限值 为 - 70dBm。  The source control node updates the first RAN assist parameter according to the second RAN assist parameter. Similar to the above description, when the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the first RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or all parameters in the first RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated. The embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this. Exemplarily, if the source control node finds that the RSRP low threshold in the second RAN auxiliary parameter is -90 dBm, and the RSRP low threshold in the first RAN auxiliary parameter is -60 dBm, the first RAN may be correspondingly reduced. The RSRP low threshold in the auxiliary parameters is -70dBm.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 本发明实施例 对此不作具体限定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当 目标小区和 /或源小区在 不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the target cell and/or the source cell are in different 3GPP networks, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的,若源小区与 目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
其中, 源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用 于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括: The source control node sends the first message to the target control node, where the first message is used. The requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter may specifically include:
源 eNB发送 X2建立请求消息给目标 eNB, X2请求消息中携带 第一 RAN辅助参数, 用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB sends an X2 setup request message to the target eNB, and the X2 request message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter for requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的 X2建立响应消息, X2建立响应消 息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB receives the X2 setup response message sent by the target eNB, and the X2 setup response message carries the second RAN assist parameter.
或者,  Or,
其中, 源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用 于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
源 eNB通过 MME转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 eNB , RAN信息 请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源 eNB接收目标 eNB通过 MME转发的 RAN信息消息, RAN信息 消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
示例性的,若源小区与目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 RN (:。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be an RNC, and the target control node may be a target RN (:.
其中, 源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用 于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
源 RNC通过 SGSN转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 RNC, RAN信息 请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源 RNC接收目标 RNC通过 SGSN转发的 RAN信息消息, RAN信 息消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source RNC receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
示例性的, 若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点 具体可以为目标 RN (:。 其中, 源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用 于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括: Exemplarily, if the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, and the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:. The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
源 eNB通过 MME、 SGSN转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 RNC, RAN 信息请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源 eNB接收目标 RNC通过 SGSN、MME转发的 RAN信息消息, RAN 信息消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target RNC through the SGSN and the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
示例性的, 若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制 节点具体可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system and the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
其中, 源控制节点发送第一消息给目标控制节点, 第一消息用 于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may include:
源 RNC通过 SGSN, MME转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 eNB, RAN 信息请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第二消息,第二消息携带 第二 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括:  The source control node receives the second message sent by the target control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter, which may specifically include:
源 RNC接收目标 eNB通过 MME、 SGSN转发的 RAN信息消息, RAN 信息消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source RNC receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
需要说明的是, 上述实施例中的第一消息、 第二消息均是在现 有的消息中增加了新的信息而构成的消息, 当然, 第一消息、 第二 消息也可能是新添加的消息, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the first message and the second message in the foregoing embodiment are all formed by adding new information to the existing message. Of course, the first message and the second message may also be newly added. The message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本 发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定, 在此不再——列举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards, and the present invention The embodiment is not specifically limited thereto, and is not described here again.
可选的, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还可以包 括:  Optionally, before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
源控制节点接收 SRC发送的第三消息, 第三消息携带第一 RAN 辅助参数的更新值。 源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 具体可以包括: 源控制节点根据第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新第一 RAN辅助 参数。 The source control node receives the third message sent by the SRC, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. The updating, by the source control node, the first RAN auxiliary parameter may include: the source control node updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
与上述描述类似, 第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值可能是第一 RAN 辅助参数中的其中一个参数或几个参数的更新值,也可能是全部参 数的更新值, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  Similar to the above description, the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter may be one of the first RAN auxiliary parameter or an updated value of several parameters, or may be an updated value of all the parameters, which is not specifically described in this embodiment of the present invention. limited.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的第三消息可能是在现有的消 息中增加了新的信息而构成的消息, 也可能是新添加的消息, 本发 明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the third message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message that is added with new information in the existing message, and may be a newly added message, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
进一步的, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还可以 包括:  Further, after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method may further include:
源控制节点发送第四消息给目标控制节点,第四消息携带更新 后的第一 RAN辅助参数; 或者,  The source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter; or
源控制节点发送第五消息给目标控制节点,第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。  The source control node sends a fifth message to the target control node, and the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法,源控制节点 接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 第一指示消息用于指示 UE 发生了不必要的切换。 若在预设时间内, 源控制节点接收到的 UE 发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源控制节点修改切 换目标选择策略或者更新第一 RAN辅助参数。 这样防止了 UE在源 小区持续发生不必要切换的现象发生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令 开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区切换失败的问题发 生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到网络移动性优化的目的。  Based on the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover. If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source control node is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy or updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter. This prevents the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3 GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3 GPP网络, 如图 8所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell. As shown in FIG. 8, the method includes :
S 8 0 K S RC接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 第一指示 消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。  The S 8 0 K S RC receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
其中目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点。  The target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
S 8 02、 若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要 切换的次数大于第二预设门限, S R C发送第三消息给源控制节点, 第三消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。 S 8 02. If the UE in the access source control node is unnecessary within a preset time The number of handovers is greater than the second preset threshold, and the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 源控制节 点为源小区所属的控制节点。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当 目标小区和 /或源小区在 不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the target cell and/or the source cell are in different 3GPP networks, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的,若源小区与 目标小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
示例性的,若源小区与目标小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点具体可以为目标 RN (:。  For example, if the source cell and the target cell are both in the UMTS 3GPP network, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
示例性的, 若源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 UMTS制式的网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 eNB, 目标控制节点 具体可以为目标 RN (:。  For example, if the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network and the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node may be the source eNB, and the target control node may be the target RN (:.
示例性的, 若源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 目标小区在 LTE制式的网络下, 源控制节点具体可以为源 RNC, 目标控制节点 可以为目标 eNB。  For example, if the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system and the target cell is in the LTE system, the source control node may be the source RNC, and the target control node may be the target eNB.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本 发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定, 在此不再——列举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards, and the present invention The embodiment is not specifically limited thereto, and is not described here again.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法, SRC接收目 标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 第一指示消息用于指示 UE发生 了不必要的切换。 若在预设时间内, 接入源控制节点中的 UE发生 不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, SRC发送第三消息给源控制 节点, 第三消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。 这样源控制节点 可以根据该第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新第一 RAN辅助参数,进 而防止了 UE在源小区持续发生不必要切换的现象发生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销; 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区 切换失败的问题发生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到网络移动性优 化的目 的。 实施例十、 Based on the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed unnecessary handover. If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, and the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. . The source control node may update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter, thereby preventing the UE from continuously performing unnecessary switching in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved; on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization. Embodiment 10
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP 网络, 具体以 LTE制式内的小区切换为例进行说明, 假 设源小区所属的控制节点 (即源控制节点)具体为源基站, 目标小 区所属的控制节点 ( 即目标控制节点 ) 具体为 目标基站, 如图 9 所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, specifically taking a cell handover in the LTE system as an example. For example, the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source base station, and the control node (ie, the target control node) to which the target cell belongs is specifically the target base station. As shown in FIG. 9, the method includes:
S901、 UE获取间隔时间长度。  S901. The UE acquires an interval length.
其中 ,间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标 小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The interval length is a time difference between a time when the UE switches to the target cell and a time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S902、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 eNB。  S902. The UE sends the interval length to the target eNB.
S903、 目标 eNB接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。  S903. The target eNB receives the interval length sent by the UE.
S904、 目标 eNB确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 S904. The target eNB determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
S905、 若小于, 目标 eNB发送第一指示消息给源 eNB, 第一指 示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 S905. If the target eNB sends the first indication message to the source eNB, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
具体的, 目标 eNB发送第一指示消息给 eNB可以通过如下方式 实现: Specifically, the sending, by the target e NB, the first indication message to the eNB can be implemented as follows:
目标 eNB通过 X2接口发送 X2接口消息给源 eNB; 或者, 目标 eNB通过 MME转发第一指示消息源 eNB。  The target eNB sends the X2 interface message to the source eNB through the X2 interface; or the target eNB forwards the first indication message source eNB through the MME.
本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
S906、 源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的第一指示消息。  S906. The source eNB receives the first indication message sent by the target eNB.
S907a 若在预设时间内, 源 eNB接收到的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 eNB发送第一消息给目标 eNB, 第一 消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  S907a, if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold, the source eNB sends a first message to the target eNB, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
具体的, 源 eNB发送第一消息给目标 eNB, 第一消息用于请求 第二 RAN辅助参数可以通过如下方式实现: Specifically, the source eNB sends a first message to the target eNB, where the first message is used for the request. The second RAN auxiliary parameter can be implemented as follows:
源 eNB发送 X2建立请求消息给目标 eNB, X2建立请求消息中 携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。 或者, 源 eNB通过 MME转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 eNB , RAN信息 请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB sends an X2 setup request message to the target eNB, and the X2 setup request message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter for requesting the second RAN auxiliary parameter. Alternatively, the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information request message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  This embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this.
S 908a、 目标 eNB接收源 eNB发送的第一消息。  S 908a. The target eNB receives the first message sent by the source eNB.
S909a、 目标 eNB发送第二消息给源 eNB, 第二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  S909a: The target eNB sends a second message to the source eNB, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
S910a、 源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的第二消息, 并根据第二消 息中携带的第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  S910a. The source eNB receives the second message sent by the target eNB, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the second message.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
具体的, 若源 eNB发送 X2 建立请求消息给目标 eNB, 则相应 的, 源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的第二消息具体可以包括:  Specifically, if the source eNB sends the X2 setup request message to the target eNB, the receiving, by the source eNB, the second message sent by the target eNB may include:
源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的 X2建立响应消息, X2建立响应消 息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB receives the X2 setup response message sent by the target eNB, and the X2 setup response message carries the second RAN assist parameter.
若源 eNB通过 MME转发 RAN信息请求消息给目标 eNB , 则相应 的, 源 eNB接收目标 eNB发送的第二消息具体可以包括:  If the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target eNB through the MME, the receiving, by the source eNB, the second message sent by the target eNB may include:
源 eNB接收目标 eNB通过 MME转发的 RAN信息消息, RAN信息 消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  The source eNB receives the RAN information message forwarded by the target eNB through the MME, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 10所示, 即在上述步骤 S906之后, 还可以执行步骤 S907b:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 10, that is, after step S906, step S907b may also be performed:
S907b、 若在预设时间内, 源 eNB接收到的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 eNB修改切换目标选择策略。  S907b: If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source eNB modifies the handover target selection policy.
其中,步骤 S901-S906的描述可参考图 9所示的实施例中的相 关描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For the description of the steps S901-S906, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 11所示, 包括:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
S110K UE 获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE 切换至目 标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量 进行分流的时刻的时间差。 The S110K UE obtains the interval length, and the interval length is the UE switching to the destination. The time difference between the time of the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S 1102、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 eNB。  S 1102: The UE sends the interval length to the target eNB.
51103、 目标 eNB接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。  51103. The target eNB receives an interval length sent by the UE.
51104、 目标 eNB确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 51104. The target eNB determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
51105、 若小于, 目标 eNB发送第一指示消息给 SRC, 第一指 示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 S105. If the target eNB sends the first indication message to the SRC, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
51106、 SRC接收目标 eNB发送的第一指示消息。  S106. The SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target eNB.
51107、 若在预设时间内, 接入源 eNB中的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限, SRC发送第三消息给源 eNB, 第三消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source eNB, where the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. .
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
51108、 源 eNB接收第三消息, 并根据第一 RAN辅助参数的更 新值更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  51108. The source eNB receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP网络, 具体以 UMTS制式内的小区切换为例进行说明, 假 设源小区所属的控制节点 (即源控制节点) 具体为源 RNC, 目标小 区所属的控制节点 (即目标控制节点) 具体为目标 RNC, 如图 12 所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, specifically taking a cell handover in the UMTS system as an example. For example, it is assumed that the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source RNC, and the control node (ie, the target control node) to which the target cell belongs is specifically the target RNC. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
S120K UE 获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE 切换至目 标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量 进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The S120K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S 1202、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 RN (:。 S 1203、 目标 RNC接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。 S 1202: The UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:. S1203. The target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
S1204、 目标 RNC确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 S1204. The target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
S 1205、 若小于, 目标 RNC 通过 SGSN 转发第一指示消息给源 RNC, 第一指示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 S1205. If the value is smaller, the target RNC forwards the first indication message to the source RNC by using the SGSN, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
S 1206、 源 RNC接收目标 RNC发送的第一指示消息。  S 1206. The source RNC receives the first indication message sent by the target RNC.
S 1207a、 若在预设时间内, 源 RNC 接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 RNC通过 SGSN转发 RAN信息请求 消息给目标 RNC, RAN信息请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  S1207a: If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source RNC is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source RNC forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the SGSN, where the RAN information request message is used for the request. Two RAN auxiliary parameters.
其中, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
S 1208a、 目标 RNC接收源 RNC发送的 RAN信息请求消息。  S 1208a. The target RNC receives the RAN information request message sent by the source RNC.
S 1209a 目标 RNC通过 SGSN转发 RAN信息消息给源 RNC, RAN 信息消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  S 1209a The target RNC forwards the RAN information message to the source RNC through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
S1210a 源 RNC接收 RAN信息消息, 并根据 RAN信息消息中携 带的第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  The S1210a source RNC receives the RAN information message and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the RAN information message.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 13所示, 即在上述步骤 S1206之后, 还可以执行步骤 S1207b:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 13, that is, after step S1206, step S1207b may be further performed:
S 1207b、 若在预设时间内, 源 RNC接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 RNC修改切换目标选择策略。  S1207b: If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source RNC is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source RNC modifies the handover target selection policy.
其中, 步骤 S1201-S1206 的描述可参考图 12所示的实施例中 的相关描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For the description of the steps S1201-S1206, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 14所示, 包括:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 14, which includes:
S140K UE 获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE 切换至目 标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量 进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The S140K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。 S 1402、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 RN (:。 For example, the time when the UE is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again. S 1402: The UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:.
S 1403、 目标 RNC接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。  S1403. The target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
51404、 目标 RNC确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 51404. The target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
51405、 若小于, 目标 RNC发送第一指示消息给 SRC, 第一指 示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 If the RNC sends a first indication message to the SRC, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
51406、 SRC接收目标 SRC发送的第一指示消息。  S406. The SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target SRC.
51407、 若在预设时间内, 接入源 RNC中的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限, SRC发送第三消息给源 RNC, 第三消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access source RNC is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source RNC, where the third message carries the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. .
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
51408、 源 RNC接收第三消息, 并根据第一 RAN辅助参数的更 新值更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  51408. The source RNC receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 该方法中 UE 从源小区切换至目标小区, 并且在目标小区将 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP网络,具体以 LTE制式到 UMTS制式的小区切换为例进行 说明, 假设源小区所属的控制节点( 即源控制节点)具体为源 eNB, 目标小区所属的控制节点 (即目标控制节点 ) 具体为目标 RNC, 如 图 15所示, 方法包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a network mobility optimization method, in which a UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in a target cell, specifically, a cell handover from an LTE system to a UMTS standard. For example, the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source eNB, and the control node (ie, the target control node) to which the target cell belongs is specifically the target RNC. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes:
S150K UE 获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE 切换至目 标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量 进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The S150K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S 1502、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 RN (:。  S 1502: The UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:.
S 1503、 目标 RNC接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。  S1503. The target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
S1504、 目标 RNC确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 S1504. The target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold.
S 1505、 若小于, 目标 RNC通过 SGSN、 MME转发第一指示消息 给源 eNB, 第一指示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 SI 506、 源 eNB接收目标 RNC发送的第一指示消息。 S1505. If the target RNC is forwarded to the source eNB by using the SGSN and the MME, the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed unnecessary handover. The SI 506 receives the first indication message sent by the target RNC.
S 1507a、 若在预设时间内, 源 eNB接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 eNB通过 MME、 SGSN转发 RAN信息 请求消息给目标 RNC, RAN信息请求消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参 数。  S1507a, if the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold, the source eNB forwards the RAN information request message to the target RNC through the MME and the SGSN, and the RAN information request message is used. The second RAN auxiliary parameter is requested.
其中, 第二 RAN辅助参数为目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
S 1508a、 目标 RNC接收源 eNB发送的 RAN信息请求消息。  S 1508a. The target RNC receives the RAN information request message sent by the source eNB.
S 1509a 目标 RNC通过 SGSN, MME转发 RAN信息消息给源 eNB, RAN信息消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  S 1509a The target RNC forwards the RAN information message to the source eNB through the SGSN, and the RAN information message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
S1510a 源 eNB接收 RAN信息消息, 并根据 RAN信息消息中携 带的第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  The S1510a source eNB receives the RAN information message and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the RAN information message.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 16所示, 即在上述步骤 S1506之后, 还可以执行步骤 S1507b:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 16, that is, after step S1506, step S1507b may be further performed:
S 1507b、 若在预设时间内, 源 eNB接收到的 UE发生不必要切 换的次数大于第二预设门限, 源 eNB修改切换目标选择策略。  S1507b: If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold within a preset time, the source eNB modifies the handover target selection policy.
其中, 步骤 S1501-S1506 的描述可参考图 15所示的实施例中 的相关描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  For the description of the steps S1501-S1506, reference may be made to the related description in the embodiment shown in FIG. 15, and details are not described herein again.
可选的, 本发明实施例还提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 如 图 17所示, 包括:  Optionally, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for network mobility optimization, as shown in FIG. 17, including:
S170K UE 获取间隔时间长度, 间隔时间长度为 UE 切换至目 标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量 进行分流的时刻的时间差。  The S170K UE obtains the interval length, which is the time difference between the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network.
具体的, UE在目标小区通过非 3GPP 网络对 3GPP 网络流量进 行分流的时刻与 UE切换至目标小区的时刻可参考图 3所示的实施 例的描述, 本发明实施例在此不再赘述。  Specifically, the time when the UE performs the offloading of the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network and the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, which is not described herein again.
S 1702、 UE发送间隔时间长度给目标 RN (:。  S 1702. The UE sends the interval length to the target RN (:.
S 1703、 目标 RNC接收 UE发送的间隔时间长度。  S 1703. The target RNC receives the interval length sent by the UE.
S1704、 目标 RNC确定间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门限。 S 1705、 若小于, 目标 RNC发送第一指示消息给 SRC, 第一指 示消息用于指示 UE发生了不必要的切换。 S1704: The target RNC determines whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold. S 1705. If the value is less than, the target RNC sends a first indication message to the SRC, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover.
S 1706、 SRC接收目标 SRC发送的第一指示消息。  S1706: The SRC receives the first indication message sent by the target SRC.
S 1707、 若在预设时间内, 接入源 eNB中的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限, SRC发送第三消息给源 eNB, 第三消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值。  S1707: If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access source eNB is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source eNB, where the third message carries the update of the first RAN auxiliary parameter. value.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
S 1708、 源 eNB接收第三消息, 并根据第一 RAN辅助参数的更 新值更新第一 RAN辅助参数。  S 1708. The source eNB receives the third message, and updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法还 适用于 UE从 UMTS制式的小区切换至 LTE制式的小区的场景,该场 景下的实现方案与 UE从 LTE制式的小区切换至 UMTS制式的小区的 场景下的实现方案类似, 区别仅在于当 UE从 UMTS制式的小区切换 至 LTE制式的小区时, 源小区所属的控制节点 (即源控制节点)具 体为源 RNC, 目标小区所属的控制节点 (即目标控制节点 ) 具体为 目标 eNB。 其中源 RNC通过 SGSN、 MME与目标 eNB交互, 目标 MME 通过 MME、 SGSN与源 RNC交互。  It should be noted that the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is also applicable to a scenario in which a UE is handed over from a cell of a UMTS system to a cell of an LTE standard, and the implementation scheme in this scenario is switched from the cell in the LTE system to the cell in the LTE system. The implementation scheme of the cell in the UMTS system is similar, except that when the UE is handed over from the cell of the UMTS system to the cell of the LTE system, the control node (ie, the source control node) to which the source cell belongs is specifically the source RNC, and the target cell belongs to The control node (ie, the target control node) is specifically the target eNB. The source RNC interacts with the target eNB through the SGSN and the MME, and the target MME interacts with the source RNC through the MME and the SGSN.
具体的, 当 UE从 UMTS制式的小区切换至 LTE制式的小区时, 网络移动性优化的方法可参考图 15-图 17 所示的实施例的描述, 本发明实施例对该场景下的网络移动性优化的方法不再详细阐述。  Specifically, when the UE is switched from the cell of the UMTS system to the cell of the LTE system, the method for optimizing the network mobility may refer to the description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. The method of sexual optimization is not elaborated.
需要说明的是, 上述实施例仅是以 LTE 制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络, 本发明实施例 对此不作具体限定, 在此不再——举例说明。  It should be noted that the above embodiment is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards. The embodiment of the present invention does not specifically limit this, and is not illustrated here.
进一步的, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还可以 包括:  Further, after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method may further include:
源控制节点发送第四消息给目标控制节点,第四消息携带更新 后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
目标控制节点接收源控制节点发送的第四消息。  The target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node.
可选的, 目标控制节点根据第四消息携带的第一 RAN辅助参数 更新第二 RAN辅助参数。 Optionally, the first RAN auxiliary parameter carried by the target control node according to the fourth message The second RAN auxiliary parameter is updated.
可选的, 在源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还可以包 括:  Optionally, after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
源控制节点发送第五消息给目标控制节点,第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。  The source control node sends a fifth message to the target control node, and the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
目标控制节点接收源控制节点发送的第五消息,并根据第五消 息中携带的第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建 议修改值更新第二 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node receives the fifth message sent by the source control node, and updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter carried in the fifth message and the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法, UE 可以获 取间隔时间长度,并将该间隔时间长度发送给目标控制节点,其中, 该间隔时间长度为 UE切换至目标小区的时刻与 UE在目标小区通过 非 3 GPP 网络对 3 GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差。 这样, 目 标控制节点就可以根据该间隔时间长度判断 UE是否发生了不必要 的切换, 在 UE 发生不必要切换时及时通知源控制节点或 S RC , 以 使得源控制节点可以及时修改切换目标选择策略或者更新第一 RAN 辅助参数, 或者, S RC 可以及时通知源控制节点更新第一 RAN 辅助参数, 进而防止了 UE在源小区持续发生不必要切换的现象发 生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切 换过程中小区切换失败的问题发生, 提升了用户体验感, 从而达到 网络移动性优化的目的。  According to the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the UE may obtain the interval length and send the interval length to the target control node, where the interval length is the time when the UE switches to the target cell and the UE is in the UE. The time difference of the time at which the target cell splits the 3GPP network traffic through the non-3GPP network. In this way, the target control node can determine whether the UE has an unnecessary handover according to the length of the interval, and notify the source control node or the S RC in time when the UE has an unnecessary handover, so that the source control node can modify the handover target selection policy in time. Or, the first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated, or the S RC may notify the source control node to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter in time, thereby preventing the UE from continuously switching unnecessary in the source cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell switching process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
实施例十一、  Embodiment 11
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 具体如图 1 8 所示, 包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, which is specifically shown in FIG. 18, and includes:
S 1 8 0 K 第一控制节点发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 第一消 息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  S 1 8 0 K The first control node sends a first message to the second control node, and the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一控制节点为第一小区所属的控制节点, 第二控制节 点为第二小区所属的控制节点, 第二 RAN 辅助参数为第二小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助 参数为第一小区的 RAN 辅助参数, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限 定。 Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention. Set.
S 1802、 第一控制节点接收第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 第 二消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。  S 1802. The first control node receives the second message sent by the second control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
S 1803、 第一控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅 助参数。  S 1803. The first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
与实施例九的描述类似,在第一控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参 数时,可能是仅对第一 RAN辅助参数中的其中一个或几个参数进行 更新, 也可能是更新第一 RAN辅助参数中的所有参数, 本发明实施 例在此不再赘述。  Similar to the description of the ninth embodiment, when the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the first RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or the first RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated. All the parameters in the embodiment of the present invention are not described herein again.
进一步的, 如图 19所示, 在第一控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助 参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数 (步骤 S1803 ) 之后, 还可以包括: Further, as shown in FIG. 19, after the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter (step S1803), the method may further include:
S1804a、 第一控制节点发送第四消息给第二控制节点, 第四消 息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。 S1804a: The first control node sends a fourth message to the second control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
可选的, 如图 20所示, 在第一控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助参 数更新第一 RAN辅助参数 (步骤 S1803 ) 之后, 还可以包括:  Optionally, as shown in FIG. 20, after the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter (step S1803), the method may further include:
S1804b、 第一控制节点发送第五消息给第二控制节点, 第五消 息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修 改值。  S1804b: The first control node sends a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当第一小区和 /或第二小区 在不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the first cell and/or the second cell are in different 3GPP networks, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的, 若第一小区与第二小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 eNB, 第二控制节点具体可以为 第二 eNB。  For example, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
示例性的,若第一小区与第二小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控制节点具体可以为 第二 RN (:。  For example, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second RN (:.
示例性的, 若第一小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 第二小区 在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 eNB, 第二 控制节点具体可以为第二 RNC。  For example, if the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the second cell is in the UMTS system, the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second RNC.
示例性的, 若第一小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 第二小区 在 LTE制式的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控 制节点可以为第二 eNB。 Exemplarily, if the first cell is in the UMTS standard 3GPP network, the second cell In the network of the LTE system, the first control node may be a first RNC, and the second control node may be a second eNB.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本 发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定, 在此不再——列举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards, and the present invention The embodiment is not specifically limited thereto, and is not described here again.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中的第一消息、 第二消息、 第四 消息、第五消息可能是在现有的消息中增加了新的信息而构成的消 息, 也可能是新添加的消息, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the first message, the second message, the fourth message, and the fifth message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be newly added. The message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法,第一控制节 点发送第一消息给第二控制节点,第一消息用于请求第二 R A N辅助 参数; 然后第一控制节点接收第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 第二 消息携带第二 RAN辅助参数;进而第一控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助 参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数。通过第一控制节点根据第二 RAN辅助 参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 可以防止 UE从第一小区到第二小区 不必要切换的现象发生。 一方面, 节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方 面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区切换失败的问题发生, 提升了用 户体险感, 从而达到网络移动性优化的目 的。  Based on the network mobility optimization method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the first control node sends a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter; then the first control node receives the second control node. Sending a second message, the second message carries a second RAN auxiliary parameter; and the first control node further updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter. The phenomenon that the UE does not need to switch from the first cell to the second cell may be prevented by the first control node updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved, and on the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is prevented, and the user's physical risk is improved, thereby achieving the goal of network mobility optimization.
本发明实施例提供一种网络移动性优化的方法, 具体如图 21 所示, 包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for network mobility optimization, which is specifically shown in FIG. 21, and includes:
S210K 第二控制节点接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 第 一消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数。  S210K The second control node receives the first message sent by the first control node, and the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一控制节点为第一小区所属的控制节点, 第二控制节 点为第二小区所属的控制节点, 第二 RAN 辅助参数为第二小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell.
可选的, 第一消息可以携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 第一 RAN辅助 参数为第一小区的 RAN 辅助参数, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限 定。  Optionally, the first message may carry the first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
S2102、 第二控制节点发送第二消息给第一控制节点, 第二消 息携带第二 RAN辅助参数。 进一步的, 如图 22 所示, 在第二控制节点发送第二消息给第 一控制节点 (步骤 S2102 ) 之后, 还可以包括: S2102. The second control node sends a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter. Further, as shown in FIG. 22, after the second control node sends the second message to the first control node (step S2102), the method may further include:
S2103a、 第二控制节点接收第一控制节点发送的第四消息, 第 四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  S2103a: The second control node receives the fourth message sent by the first control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
S 2104a、第二控制节点根据更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新第 二 RAN辅助参数。  S 2104a. The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
需要说明的是, 步骤 S2104a 为可选的步骤, 即第二控制节点 可能仅执行步骤 S2101-S2103a, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the step S2104a is an optional step, that is, the second control node may only perform the steps S2101-S2103a, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
可选的, 如图 23所示, 在第二控制节点发送第二消息给第一 控制节点 (步骤 S2102 ) 之后, 还可以包括:  Optionally, as shown in FIG. 23, after the second control node sends the second message to the first control node (step S2102), the method may further include:
S2103b、 第二控制节点接收第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 第 五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建 议修改值。  S2103b: The second control node receives the fifth message sent by the first control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the recommended modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
其中, 第一 RAN辅助参数为第一小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell;
S 2104b、 第二控制节点根据第一辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新第二 RAN辅助参数。  S 2104b. The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
与实施例九的描述类似,在第二控制节点更新第二 RAN辅助参 数时,可能是仅对第二 RAN辅助参数中的其中一个或几个参数进行 更新, 也可能是更新第二 RAN辅助参数中的所有参数, 本发明实施 例在此不再赘述。  Similar to the description of the ninth embodiment, when the second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter, it may be that only one or several parameters of the second RAN auxiliary parameter are updated, or the second RAN auxiliary parameter may be updated. All the parameters in the embodiment of the present invention are not described herein again.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 当第一小区和 /或第二小区 在不同制式的 3GPP 网络下时, 所属的控制节点并不相同。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the first cell and/or the second cell are in different 3GPP networks, the associated control nodes are not the same.
示例性的, 若第一小区与第二小区均在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 eNB, 第二控制节点具体可以为 第二 eNB。  For example, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
示例性的,若第一小区与第二小区均在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络 下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控制节点具体可以为 第二 RN (:。  For example, if the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second RN (:.
示例性的, 若第一小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络下, 第二小区 在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 eNB, 第二 控制节点具体可以为第二 RNC。 Exemplarily, if the first cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, and the second cell is in the UMTS system, the first control node may be the first eNB, and the second The control node may specifically be a second RNC.
示例性的, 若第一小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 第二小区 在 LTE制式的网络下, 第一控制节点具体可以为第一 RNC, 第二控 制节点可以为第二 eNB。  For example, if the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system and the second cell is in the LTE network, the first control node may be the first RNC, and the second control node may be the second eNB.
需要说明的是,上述仅是以 LTE制式的 3GPP 网络与 UMTS制式 的 3GPP 网络的网络间交互与网络内交互为例进行说明, 当然, 本 发明实施例还可以适用于其它制式的网络,本发明实施例对此不作 具体限定, 在此不再——列举说明。  It should be noted that the foregoing is only an example of the inter-network interaction and the intra-network interaction of the 3GPP network of the LTE system and the 3GPP network of the UMTS system. Of course, the embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to networks of other standards, and the present invention The embodiment is not specifically limited thereto, and is not described here again.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中的第一消息、 第二消息、 第四 消息、第五消息可能是在现有的消息中增加了新的信息而构成的消 息, 也可能是新添加的消息, 本发明实施例对此不作具体限定。  It should be noted that the first message, the second message, the fourth message, and the fifth message in the embodiment of the present invention may be a message formed by adding new information to an existing message, or may be newly added. The message is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
基于本发明实施例提供的网络移动性优化的方法,第二控制节 点接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 第一消息用于请求第二 R A N 辅助参数; 然后第二控制节点发送第二消息给第一控制节点, 第二 消息携带第二 RAN 辅助参数。 这样, 第一控制节点可以根据第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 进而防止 UE从第一小区到 第二小区不必要切换的现象发生。一方面,节约了系统的信令开销, 另一方面, 也防止了小区切换过程中小区切换失败的问题发生, 提 升了用户体验感, 从而达到网络移动性优化的目的。  According to the method for network mobility optimization provided by the embodiment of the present invention, the second control node receives the first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request the second RAN auxiliary parameter; then the second control node sends the second message. To the first control node, the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter. In this way, the first control node may update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, thereby preventing the UE from unnecessary switching from the first cell to the second cell. On the one hand, the signaling overhead of the system is saved. On the other hand, the problem of cell handover failure in the cell handover process is also prevented, and the user experience is improved, thereby achieving the purpose of network mobility optimization.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和简 洁, 上述描述的装置, 仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明, 实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完 成, 即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块, 以完成以上描述 的全部或者部分功能。 上述描述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过 程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。  It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, the above described devices are only exemplified by the division of the above functional modules. In practical applications, the above functions may be assigned differently according to needs. The function module is completed, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统, 装置和方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置 实施例仅仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述模块或单元的划分, 仅仅为一 种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单 元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽 略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦 合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口 ,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信 连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be used. Combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. Another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling shown or discussed The or communication connection may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上 分开的, 作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即 可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以 居 实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的 目 的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, i.e., may be located in one place, or may be distributed over multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected to achieve the objectives of the embodiment of the present invention.
另夕卜,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处 理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以 上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式 实现, 也可以釆用软件功能单元的形式实现。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立 的产品销售或使用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出 贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式 体现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中, 包括若干指 令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网 络设备等) 或处理器 ( processor ) 执行本发明各个实施例所述方 法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器 ( ROM, Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器 ( RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码 的介质。  The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention may be embodied in the form of a software product in the form of a software product, or a part of the technical solution, which is stored in a storage medium. The instructions include a plurality of instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the methods of the various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围 并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技 术范围内, 可轻易想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围 之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。  The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim
1、一种用户设备 UE,应用在所述 UE从源小区切换至目标小区 , 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流至 非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 其特征在于, 所述 UE 包括: 获取单元、 发 送单元;  A user equipment UE, in a scenario where the UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, where The UE includes: an acquiring unit and a sending unit;
所述获取单元, 用于获取间隔时间长度, 所述间隔时间长度为 所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标小区通过 所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差; 所述发送单元, 用于发送所述间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其中, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点。  The acquiring unit is configured to acquire an interval length, where the interval time is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE uses the non-3GPP network to send the 3GPP network traffic in the target cell. The time difference of the time when the splitting is performed; the sending unit is configured to send the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE在所述目 标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻 包括:  2. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the time at which the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network in the target cell includes:
所述 UE在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网 络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE切换 至所述目标小区的时刻包括:  The UE according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the time when the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 UE 接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of a handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE 在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a moment when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
4、 根据权利要求 1-3 任一项所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 若所述 目标小区在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标控制节点具 体为目标基站;  The UE according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述目标小区在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下 , 所述目标控制节点具体为目标无线网络控制器 RNC。  If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
5、 一种目标控制节点, 应用在用户设备 UE从源小区切换至目 标小区,并且在目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分流 至非 3GPP网络的场景下,所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的 控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述目标控制节点包括: 接收单元、 确定 单元、 发送单元; 5. A target control node, applied to the user equipment UE to switch from the source cell to the destination In the scenario of the target cell, the target control node is the control node to which the target cell belongs, and the target control node is in the scenario that the target cell is to be used to offload the 3GPP network plan 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network. The method includes: a receiving unit, a determining unit, and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收所述 UE发送的间隔时间长度, 所述间 隔时间长度为所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述 目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时 刻的时间差;  The receiving unit is configured to receive an interval length of the UE, where the interval length is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE passes the non-3GPP network pair in the target cell. a time difference of a time at which the 3GPP network traffic is split;
所述确定单元, 用于确定所述间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设 门限;  The determining unit is configured to determine whether the interval length is less than a first preset threshold;
所述发送单元, 用于若所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长 度小于所述第一预设门限, 发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一 无线控制器 S R C , 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 U E发生了不必要 的切换, 其中, 所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  The sending unit is configured to: if the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, send a first indication message to a source control node or a single wireless controller SRC, the first indication message And indicating that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
6、 根据权利要求 5 所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 UE在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP网络流量进行 分流的时刻包括:  The target control node according to claim 5, wherein the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网 络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
7、 根据权利要求 5或 6所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在于, 所 述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻包括:  The target control node according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the moment when the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 UE 接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of a handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE 在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a moment when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
8、根据权利要求 5-7任一项所述的目标控制节点,其特征在于, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元发送第一指示消息给源控制 节点之后, 接收所述源控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消息用 于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所 述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数; The target control node according to any one of claims 5-7, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, a first indication message to source control. After the node, the first message sent by the source control node is received, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述发送单元, 还用于发送第二消息给所述源控制节点, 所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is further configured to send a second message to the source control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
9、 根据权利要求 8所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小 区的 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node according to claim 8, wherein the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
1 0、 根据权利要求 5- 9任一项所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在 于, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元发送第一指示消息给源 控制节点或 SRC之后, 接收所述源控制节点发送的第四消息, 所述 第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN 辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node according to any one of claims 5-9, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending unit sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, receive And a fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
1 1、 根据权利要求 1 0所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 目标控制节点还包括更新单元;  The target control node according to claim 10, wherein the target control node further includes an update unit;
所述更新单元, 用于在所述接收单元接收所述源控制节点发送 的第四消息之后,根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新第二 RAN 辅助参数,所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The updating unit is configured to: after the receiving unit receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN auxiliary parameter Is the RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
1 2、 根据权利要求 5- 9任一项所述的目标控制节点, 其特征在 于, 所述目标控制节点还包括更新单元;  The target control node according to any one of claims 5-9, wherein the target control node further comprises an update unit;
所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元发送第一指示消息给源 控制节点或 SRC之后, 接收所述源控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述 第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的 建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending, by the sending unit, the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, receive the fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter a modified value and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述更新单元, 用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  And the updating unit is configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
1 3、 根据权利要求 5- 1 2任一项所述的所述目标控制节点, 其特 征在于, 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE 制式的 3 GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具 体为目标基站; The target control node according to any one of claims 5 to 2, wherein, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long term evolution LTE system, The source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node has The body is the target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
14、 一种源控制节点 , 应用在用户设备 UE从源小区切换至目标 小区,并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络流量分 流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下,所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控 制节点, 其特征在于, 所述源控制节点包括: 接收单元、 修改单元 或更新单元;  14. A source control node, configured to be used in a scenario where a user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and in a scenario where the target cell divides 3GPP network plan 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network, the source control The node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, and the source control node includes: a receiving unit, a modifying unit, or an updating unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 所 述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is the target cell Control node;
所述修改单元, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收单元接收到的 UE发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 修改切换目标选择策 略; 或者,  The modifying unit is configured to: if the number of times that the UE received by the receiving unit does not need to be switched is greater than the second preset threshold, modify the switching target selection policy; or
所述更新单元, 用于若在预设时间内, 所述接收单元接收到的 UE发生不必要切换的次数大于第二预设门限, 更新第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参 数。  The updating unit is configured to update the first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE received by the receiving unit is greater than a second preset threshold, in the preset time, the first The RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的源控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述源 控制节点还包括发送单元;  The source control node according to claim 14, wherein the source control node further comprises a sending unit;
所述发送单元, 用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 前, 发送第一消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第一消息用于请求第 二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅 助参数; The sending unit is configured to: before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, send a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, the second RAN The auxiliary parameter is the RAN auxiliary of the target cell Help parameter
所述接收单元,还用于接收所述目标控制节点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息携带所述第二 R A N辅助参数;  The receiving unit is further configured to receive a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second R A N auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元具体用于:  The update unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  Updating the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的源控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述第 一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node according to claim 15, wherein the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
17、 根据权利要求 14所述的源控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数 之前, 接收单一无线控制器 SRC发送的第三消息, 所述第三消息携 带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值;  The source control node according to claim 14, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to: before the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, receive a third message sent by a single wireless controller SRC, The third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元具体用于:  The update unit is specifically configured to:
根据所述第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新所述第一 RAN辅助参 数。  The first RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
18、 根据权利要求 14-17任一项所述的源控制节点, 其特征在 于, 所述源控制节点还包括发送单元;  The source control node according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein the source control node further comprises a sending unit;
所述发送单元, 用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 发送第四消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第四消息携带所述更 新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is configured to send a fourth message to the target control node after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
19、 根据权利要求 14-17任一项所述的源控制节点, 其特征在 于, 所述源控制节点还包括发送单元;  The source control node according to any one of claims 14-17, wherein the source control node further comprises a sending unit;
所述发送单元, 用于在所述更新单元更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 发送第五消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第五消息携带所述第 一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。  The sending unit is configured to: after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, send a fifth message to the target control node, where the fifth message carries the modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and the The suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
20、 根据权利要求 14-19任一项所述的源控制节点, 其特征在 于,若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP网 络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目 标基站;  The source control node according to any one of claims 14 to 19, wherein if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, where the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC; If the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC. The target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点 具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 LTE 制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目标控制 节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
21、 一种单一无线控制器 SRC, 应用在用户设备 UE从源小区切 换至目标小区,并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP 网 络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络的场景下, 其特征在于, 所述 SRC包括: 接收单元、 发送单元;  A single wireless controller SRC, which is applied to a scenario where a user equipment UE is handed over from a source cell to a target cell, and the third-generation partner plan 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, and its characteristics are The SRC includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示用户设备 UE 发生了不必要的切换, 其 中, 所述目标控制节点为目标小区所属的控制节点;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first indication message that is sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the user equipment UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control to which the target cell belongs. Node
若在预设时间内,接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的次 数大于第二预设门限, 所述 SRC发送第三消息给所述源控制节点, 所述第三消息携带第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数的更新值, 所述第 一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述源控制节点为 所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access source control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
22、 根据权利 21所述的 SRC, 其特征在于, 若所述源小区与所 述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述源控制节点 具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  The SRC according to claim 21, wherein, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is Specifically, it is a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标 RNC;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC, 所述目 标控制节点具体为目标基站。 If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the network of the LTE system, and the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the source cell The standard control node is specifically a target base station.
2 3、 一种第一控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述第一控制节点包括: 发送单元、 接收单元、 更新单元;  2, a first control node, the first control node includes: a sending unit, a receiving unit, and an updating unit;
所述发送单元, 用于发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 所述第一 消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一控制节点为 第一小区所属的控制节点, 所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控 制节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述接收单元, 用于接收所述第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 所述第二消息携带所述第二 R A N辅助参数;  The sending unit is configured to send a first message to the second control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell, and the receiving unit is configured to receive the second a second message, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述更新单元, 用于根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN 辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  And the updating unit is configured to update the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
24、 根据权利要求 2 3所述的第一控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 第一消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node according to claim 23, wherein the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
25、 根据权利要求 2 3或 24所述的第一控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元, 还用于在所述更新单元根据所述第二 RAN辅助 参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第四消息给所述第二控制节 点, 所述第四消息携带所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the sending unit is further configured to: after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, Sending a fourth message to the second control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
26、 根据权利要求 2 3或 24所述的第一控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元, 还用于在所述更新单元根据所述第二 RAN辅助 参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 发送第五消息给所述第二控制节 点, 所述第五消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值。  The first control node according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the sending unit is further configured to: after the updating unit updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, Sending a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
27、 根据权利 2 3- 26任一项所述的第一控制节点, 其特征在于, 若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合 作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述 第二控制节点具体为第二基站; 若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  The first control node according to any one of claims 2 to 26, wherein if the first cell and the second cell are both in a long-term evolution LTE standard third generation partnership project 3GPP network The first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station; if the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMTS system The first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically a second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述第二小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所 述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ; If the first cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the second cell In the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically a second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC , 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
28、 一种第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述第二控制节点包括: 接收单元、 发送单元;  A second control node, where the second control node includes: a receiving unit and a sending unit;
所述接收单元, 用于接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述 第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一控制节 点为第一小区所属的控制节点, 所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属 的控制节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参 数;  The receiving unit is configured to receive a first message sent by the first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs The second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
所述发送单元, 用于发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点, 所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The sending unit is configured to send a second message to the first control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 第一消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第 一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node according to claim 28, wherein the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29所述的第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元, 还用于在所述发送单元发送第二消息给所述第 一控制节点之后, 接收所述第一控制节点发送的第四消息, 所述第 四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为 所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node according to claim 28 or 29, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to: after the sending unit sends the second message to the first control node, receive the And a fourth message sent by the control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 第二控制节点还包括更新单元; 所述更新单元, 用于在所述接收单元接收所述第一控制节点发 送的第四消息之后, 根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新所述 第二 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node according to claim 30, wherein the second control node further includes an update unit, and the update unit is configured to receive, by the receiving unit, the first control node After the fourth message, the second RAN auxiliary parameter is updated according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
32、 根据权利要求 29所述的第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 所述 第二控制节点还包括更新单元; 所述接收单元, 用于在所述发送单元发送第二消息给所述第一 控制节点之后, 接收所述第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述第五 消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的建议 修改值, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述更新单元, 用于根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述 第二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。 The second control node according to claim 29, wherein the second control node further includes an update unit, and the receiving unit is configured to send, by the sending unit, a second message to the first After the control node, the fifth message sent by the first control node is received, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell; the updating unit, configured to update the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
33、 根据权利 28-32任一项所述的第二控制节点, 其特征在于, 若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合 作伙伴计划 3GPP 网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述 第二控制节点具体为第二基站; 若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3GPP 网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制器 RNC, 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  The second control node according to any one of the preceding claims 28-32, wherein, if the first cell and the second cell are both under the 3GPP network of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard The first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station; if the first cell and the second cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMTS system, The first control node is specifically a first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically a second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述第二小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所 述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC, 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
34、 一种网络移动性优化的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括 如权利要求 1-4任一项所述的用户终端 UE、 如权利要求 5-13任一 项所述的目标控制节点、 以及如权利要求 14-20任一项所述的源控 制节点。  A network mobility optimization system, the system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of claims 1 to 4, the target control node according to any one of claims 5-13 And a source control node according to any of claims 14-20.
35、 一种网络移动性优化的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括 如权利要求 1-4任一项所述的用户终端 UE、 如权利要求 5-13任一 项所述的目标控制节点、 如权利要求 14-20任一项所述的源控制节 点、 以及如权利要求 21或 22所述的单一无线控制器 SR (:。  A network mobility optimization system, the system comprising the user terminal UE according to any one of claims 1 to 4, the target control node according to any one of claims 5-13 A source control node according to any one of claims 14-20, and a single wireless controller SR according to claim 21 or 22.
36、 一种网络移动性优化的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括 如权利要求 23-27 任一项所述的第一控制节点、 以及如权利要求 28-33任一项所述的第二控制节点。  36. A network mobility optimization system, the system comprising the first control node according to any one of claims 23-27, and the method according to any one of claims 28-33 Two control nodes.
37、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划37. A method for network mobility optimization, where a user equipment UE is from a source The cell switches to the target cell, and the third generation partner plan is to be performed in the target cell
3GPP网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 所述 UE获取间隔时间长度, 所述间隔时间长度为所述 UE切换 至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE 在所述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时间差; The 3GPP network traffic is offloaded to the non-3GPP network, and the method includes: the UE acquires an interval length, where the interval duration is a time when the UE switches to the target cell, and the UE is in the a time difference of a time at which the target cell offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network;
所述 UE发送所述间隔时间长度给目标控制节点, 其中, 所述目 标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点。  The UE sends the interval length to the target control node, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE在所 述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的 时刻包括:  The method according to claim 37, wherein the time at which the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网 络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
39、 根据权利要求 37或 38所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE 切换至所述目标小区的时刻包括:  39. The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the moment when the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 UE 接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of a handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE 在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a moment when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
40、 根据权利要求 37-39任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若 所述目标小区在长期演进 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标控制节 点具体为目标基站;  The method according to any one of claims 37 to 39, wherein, if the target cell is in a 3GPP network of a long-term evolution LTE system, the target control node is specifically a target base station;
若所述目标小区在通用移动通信系统 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下 , 所述目标控制节点具体为目标无线网络控制器 RNC。  If the target cell is in a 3GPP network of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) system, the target control node is specifically a target radio network controller RNC.
41、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3GPP网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 目标控制节点接收所述 UE发送的间隔时间长度,所述间隔时间 长度为所述 UE切换至所述目标小区的时刻与所述 UE在所述目标小 区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻的时 间差, 其中, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点; 所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长度是否小于第一预设门 限; 41. A method for network mobility optimization, in which a user equipment UE handovers from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, and features The method includes: receiving, by the target control node, an interval length sent by the UE, where the interval time The time difference between the time when the UE is handed over to the target cell and the time when the UE splits the 3GPP network traffic by the non-3GPP network by the target cell, where the target control node is Determining, by the target control node, whether the length of the interval is less than a first preset threshold;
若所述目标控制节点确定所述间隔时间长度小于所述第一预设 门限, 所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或单一无 线控制器 SRC, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的 切换, 其中, 所述源控制节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the target control node determines that the interval length is less than the first preset threshold, the target control node sends a first indication message to the source control node or the single wireless controller SRC, where the first indication message is used. Instructing the UE to perform an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
42、 根据权利要求 41 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE在所 述目标小区通过所述非 3GPP 网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的 时刻包括:  The method according to claim 41, wherein the time at which the UE offloads the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network by the target cell includes:
所述 UE在所述目标小区确定通过所述非 3GPP网络对所述 3GPP 网络流量进行分流的时刻; 或者,  And determining, by the UE, the time when the target cell is used to offload the 3GPP network traffic by using the non-3GPP network; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成将指定业务分流至所述非 3GPP 网 络的时刻。  And the time when the UE completes offloading the designated service to the non-3GPP network in the target cell.
43、 根据权利要求 41或 42所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 UE 切换至所述目标小区的时刻包括:  The method according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the moment when the UE switches to the target cell includes:
所述 UE 接收到所述源小区发送的切换命令消息或等同于切换 命令的消息的时刻;或者,  Receiving, by the UE, a handover command message sent by the source cell or a message equivalent to a message of a handover command; or
所述 UE在所述目标小区完成随机接入过程的时刻;或者, 所述 UE 在所述目标小区成功发送切换完成消息或等同于切换 完成消息的消息的时刻。  a moment when the UE completes a random access procedure in the target cell; or a moment when the UE successfully sends a handover complete message or a message equivalent to a handover complete message in the target cell.
44、 根据权利要求 41-43任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在 所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点之后, 还包括: 所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述 第一消息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅 助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The method according to any one of claims 41 to 43, wherein after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node, the method further includes: the target control node receiving the source control a first message sent by the node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述目标控制节点发送第二消, I,给所述源控制节点, 所述第二 消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。 The target control node sends a second cancellation, I, to the source control node, and the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN 辅助参数。 The method according to claim 44, wherein the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
46、 根据权利要求 41 -45任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在 所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或 S RC之后, 还 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 41 to 45, wherein after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the SRC, the method further includes:
所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第四消息, 所述 第四消息携带更新后的第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数,所述第一 RAN 辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  Receiving, by the target control node, a fourth message sent by the source control node, where the fourth message carries an updated first radio access network RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN of the source cell Auxiliary parameters.
47、 根据权利要求 46所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述目标控 制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第四消息之后, 还包括:  The method according to claim 46, after the target control node receives the fourth message sent by the source control node, the method further includes:
所述目标控制节点根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新第 二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅 助参数。  And the target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell.
48、 根据权利要求 41 -45任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在 所述目标控制节点发送第一指示消息给源控制节点或 S RC之后, 还 包括:  The method according to any one of claims 41 to 45, further comprising: after the target control node sends the first indication message to the source control node or the S RC, the method further includes:
所述目标控制节点接收所述源控制节点发送的第五消息, 所述 第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数的 建议修改值,所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The target control node receives a fifth message sent by the source control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is The RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, where the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述目标控制节点根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The target control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to a modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
49、 根据权利要求 41 -48任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若 所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站,所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站; 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC ;  The method according to any one of claims 41 to 48, wherein, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source. a base station, the target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, The target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标 RNC ; If the source cell is in the LTE standard 3GPP network, the target cell is in In the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目 标控制节点为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is a target base station.
5 0、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3 GPP网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 源控制节点接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一 指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换, 其中, 所述源控制 节点为所述源小区所属的控制节点, 所述目标控制节点为所述目标 小区所属的控制节点;  a method for network mobility optimization, in which the user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to the non-3GPP network in the target cell, The method includes: the source control node receives the first indication message sent by the target control node, where the first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has performed an unnecessary handover, where the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs;
若在预设时间内 ,所述源控制节点接收到的 UE发生不必要切换 的次数大于第二预设门限,所述源控制节点修改切换目标选择策略, 或者, 所述源控制节点更新第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第 一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数。  If the number of times the UE has received the unnecessary handover is greater than the second preset threshold, the source control node modifies the handover target selection policy, or the source control node updates the first The RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell.
5 1、 根据权利要求 5 0所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述源控制 节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还包括:  The method according to claim 50, wherein before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第一消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第一 消息用于请求第二 RAN辅助参数, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述目 标小区的 RAN辅助参数;  The source control node sends a first message to the target control node, where the first message is used to request a second RAN auxiliary parameter, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the target cell;
所述源控制节点接收所述目标控制节点发送的第二消息, 所述 第二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数;  The source control node receives a second message sent by the target control node, where the second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 包括:  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
所述源控制节点根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新所述第一 RAN 辅助参数。  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
52、 根据权利要求 5 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息 携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。  52. The method according to claim 51, wherein the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
5 3、 根据权利要求 5 0所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述源控制 节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之前, 还包括: 所述源控制节点接收单一无线控制器 S RC发送的第三消息, 所 述第三消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值; The method according to claim 50, wherein before the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes: Receiving, by the source control node, a third message sent by a single radio controller S RC, where the third message carries an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter;
所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数, 包括:  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, including:
所述源控制节点根据所述第一 RAN辅助参数的更新值更新所述 第一 RAN辅助参数。  The source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to an updated value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
54、 根据权利要求 50- 5 3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在 所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还包括:  The method according to any one of claims 50 to 5, wherein after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第四消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第四 消息携带所述更新后的第一 R A N辅助参数。  The source control node sends a fourth message to the target control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first R A N auxiliary parameter.
55、 根据权利要求 50- 5 3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在 所述源控制节点更新第一 RAN辅助参数之后, 还包括:  The method according to any one of claims 50 to 5, wherein after the source control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述源控制节点发送第五消息给所述目标控制节点, 所述第五 消息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参 数的建议修改值。  The source control node sends a fifth message to the target control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
56、 根据权利要求 50- 55任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若 所述源小区与所述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站,所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站; 若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC ;  The method according to any one of claims 50 to 55, wherein, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source. a base station, the target control node is specifically a target base station; if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, The target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 UMTS 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点 具体为目标 RNC ;  If the source cell is in the LTE system of the 3GPP network, the target cell is in the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在 UMTS制式的 3GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 LTE 制式的 3 GPP 网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目标控制 节点具体为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target base station.
57、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 所述方法中用户设备 UE从源 小区切换至目标小区, 并且在所述目标小区将第三代合作伙伴计划 3 GPP网络流量分流至非 3GPP 网络, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 单一无线控制器 S RC接收目标控制节点发送的第一指示消息, 所述第一指示消息用于指示所述 UE发生了不必要的切换,其中所述 目标控制节点为所述目标小区所属的控制节点; 57. A method for network mobility optimization, in which a user equipment UE switches from a source cell to a target cell, and offloads 3rd Generation Partnership Project 3GPP network traffic to a non-3GPP network in the target cell, The method includes: the single wireless controller S RC receiving the first indication message sent by the target control node, The first indication message is used to indicate that the UE has an unnecessary handover, where the target control node is a control node to which the target cell belongs;
若在预设时间内,接入源控制节点中的 UE发生不必要切换的次 数大于第二预设门限, 所述 SRC发送第三消息给所述源控制节点, 所述第三消息携带第一无线接入网 RAN辅助参数的更新值, 所述第 一 RAN辅助参数为所述源小区的 RAN辅助参数, 所述源控制节点为 所述源小区所属的控制节点。  If the number of unnecessary handovers of the UE in the access source control node is greater than the second preset threshold, the SRC sends a third message to the source control node, where the third message carries the first An update value of the RAN auxiliary parameter of the radio access network, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the source cell, and the source control node is a control node to which the source cell belongs.
58、 根据权利 57所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述源小区与所 述目标小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下,所述源控制节点 具体为源基站, 所述目标控制节点具体为目标基站;  The method according to claim 57, wherein, if the source cell and the target cell are both in a 3GPP network of a long term evolution LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control The node is specifically a target base station;
若所述源小区与所述目标小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制 式的 3GPP网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述目标控制节点具体为目标 RNC ;  If the source cell and the target cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source radio network controller RNC, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 LTE制式的 3 GPP网络下,所述目标小区在 所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源基站, 所述目标 控制节点具体为目标 RNC ;  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, the target cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the source control node is specifically a source base station, and the target control node is specifically a target RNC;
若所述源小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述目标小区 在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述源控制节点具体为源 RNC , 所述目 标控制节点为目标基站。  If the source cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, the target cell is in the LTE system, the source control node is specifically a source RNC, and the target control node is a target base station.
59、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 第一控制节点发送第一消息给第二控制节点, 所述第一消息用 于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一控制节点为第一小 区所属的控制节点,所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数;  A method for network mobility optimization, the method includes: the first control node sends a first message to a second control node, where the first message is used to request the second radio access network RAN to assist a parameter, the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell;
所述第一控制节点接收所述第二控制节点发送的第二消息, 所 述第二消息携带所述第二 R A N辅助参数;  Receiving, by the first control node, a second message sent by the second control node, where the second message carries the second R A N auxiliary parameter;
所述第一控制节点根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅 助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  And the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
6 0、 根据权利要求 59所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息 携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数。 The method according to claim 59, wherein the first message carries the first RAN auxiliary parameter.
6 1、 根据权利要求 59或 6 0所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 第一控制节点根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 还包括: The method according to claim 59 or 60, wherein after the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
所述第一控制节点发送第四消息给所述第二控制节点, 所述第 四消息携带所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数。  The first control node sends a fourth message to the second control node, and the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
62、 根据权利要求 59或 6 0所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 第一控制节点根据所述第二 RAN辅助参数更新第一 RAN辅助参数之 后, 还包括:  The method according to claim 59 or 60, wherein, after the first control node updates the first RAN auxiliary parameter according to the second RAN auxiliary parameter, the method further includes:
第一控制节点发送第五消息给所述第二控制节点, 所述第五消 息携带所述第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及所述第二 RAN辅助参数 的建议修改值。  The first control node sends a fifth message to the second control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
6 3、 根据权利 59 - 62任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述 第一小区与所述第二小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴 计划 3GPP网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控 制节点具体为第二基站;  The method according to any one of claims 59-62, wherein, if the first cell and the second cell are both under the 3GPP network of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project of the Long Term Evolution LTE system, The first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMTS, the first control node is specifically the first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC ;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述第二小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所 述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC ;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC , 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
64、 一种网络移动性优化的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括: 第二控制节点接收第一控制节点发送的第一消息, 所述第一消 息用于请求第二无线接入网 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一控制节点为第 一小区所属的控制节点, 所述第二控制节点为第二小区所属的控制 节点, 所述第二 RAN辅助参数为所述第二小区的 RAN辅助参数; 所述第二控制节点发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点, 所述第 二消息携带所述第二 RAN辅助参数。 64. A method for network mobility optimization, the method comprising: receiving, by a second control node, a first message sent by a first control node, where the first message is used to request a second radio access network RAN The auxiliary parameter, the first control node is a control node to which the first cell belongs, the second control node is a control node to which the second cell belongs, and the second RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the second cell. The second control node sends a second message to the first control node, where the The second message carries the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
65、 根据权利要求 64所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一消息 携带第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The method according to claim 64, wherein the first message carries a first RAN auxiliary parameter, and the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
66、 根据权利要求 64或 65所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 第二控制节点发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点之后, 还包括: 所述第二控制节点接收所述第一控制节点发送的第四消息, 所 述第四消息携带更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数, 所述第一 RAN辅助参 数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助参数。  The method according to claim 64 or 65, after the second control node sends the second message to the first control node, the method further includes: the second control node receiving the And a fourth message sent by the control node, where the fourth message carries the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is a RAN auxiliary parameter of the first cell.
67、 根据权利要求 66所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第二控 制节点接收所述第一控制节点发送的第四消息之后, 还包括:  67. The method according to claim 66, after the receiving, by the second control node, the fourth message sent by the first control node, the method further includes:
所述第二控制节点根据所述更新后的第一 RAN辅助参数更新所 述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the updated first RAN auxiliary parameter.
68、 根据权利要求 64或 65所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 第二控制节点发送第二消息给所述第一控制节点之后, 还包括: 所述第二控制节点接收所述第一控制节点发送的第五消息, 所 述第五消息携带第一 RAN辅助参数的修改值以及第二 RAN辅助参数 的建议修改值, 所述第一 RAN辅助参数为所述第一小区的 RAN辅助 参数;  The method according to claim 64 or 65, after the second control node sends the second message to the first control node, the method further includes: the second control node receiving the a fifth message sent by the control node, where the fifth message carries a modified value of the first RAN auxiliary parameter and a suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter, where the first RAN auxiliary parameter is the RAN assist of the first cell Parameter
所述第二控制节点根据所述第一辅助参数的修改值以及所述第 二 RAN辅助参数的建议修改值更新所述第二 RAN辅助参数。  The second control node updates the second RAN auxiliary parameter according to the modified value of the first auxiliary parameter and the suggested modified value of the second RAN auxiliary parameter.
69、 根据权利 64 - 68任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 若所述 第一小区与所述第二小区均在长期演进 LTE制式的第三代合作伙伴 计划 3GPP网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所述第二控 制节点具体为第二基站;  The method according to any one of claims 64-68, wherein, if the first cell and the second cell are both under the 3GPP network of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard, The first control node is specifically a first base station, and the second control node is specifically a second base station;
若所述第一小区与所述第二小区均在通用移动通信系统 UMTS 制式的 3 GPP 网络下,所述第一控制节点具体为第一无线网络控制器 RNC , 所述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC ;  If the first cell and the second cell are both in the 3GPP network of the universal mobile communication system UMTS, the first control node is specifically the first radio network controller RNC, and the second control node is specifically Second RNC ;
若所述第一小区在所述 LTE制式的 3GPP网络下,所述第二小区 在所述 UMTS制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一基站, 所 述第二控制节点具体为第二 RNC; If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the LTE system, and the second cell is in the network of the UMTS system, the first control node is specifically a first base station, where The second control node is specifically a second RNC;
若所述第一小区在所述 UMTS制式的 3GPP 网络下, 所述第二小 区在所述 LTE 制式的网络下, 所述第一控制节点具体为第一 RNC, 所述第二控制节点为第二基站。  If the first cell is in the 3GPP network of the UMTS system, and the second cell is in the network of the LTE system, the first control node is specifically a first RNC, and the second control node is a Two base stations.
PCT/CN2014/083868 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 Network mobility optimizing method, device and system WO2016019540A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/083868 WO2016019540A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 Network mobility optimizing method, device and system
CN201480017322.5A CN105493548B (en) 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 The method, apparatus and system of network mobility optimization

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/083868 WO2016019540A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 Network mobility optimizing method, device and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016019540A1 true WO2016019540A1 (en) 2016-02-11

Family

ID=55263019

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/083868 WO2016019540A1 (en) 2014-08-07 2014-08-07 Network mobility optimizing method, device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105493548B (en)
WO (1) WO2016019540A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100178922A1 (en) * 2009-01-13 2010-07-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for handover in mobile communication system
CN101854684A (en) * 2010-05-17 2010-10-06 北京邮电大学 Handover type based method for optimizing handover parameters in wireless celluar communication system
CN103428720A (en) * 2012-05-23 2013-12-04 华为技术有限公司 Unnecessary switching determining method and base station
CN103686797A (en) * 2013-12-25 2014-03-26 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and device for performing switching judgment
WO2014067122A1 (en) * 2012-11-01 2014-05-08 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for negotiating mobility parameter

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5042104B2 (en) * 2007-12-27 2012-10-03 パナソニック株式会社 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION QUALITY MANAGEMENT METHOD AND PROGRAM

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100178922A1 (en) * 2009-01-13 2010-07-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for handover in mobile communication system
CN101854684A (en) * 2010-05-17 2010-10-06 北京邮电大学 Handover type based method for optimizing handover parameters in wireless celluar communication system
CN103428720A (en) * 2012-05-23 2013-12-04 华为技术有限公司 Unnecessary switching determining method and base station
WO2014067122A1 (en) * 2012-11-01 2014-05-08 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for negotiating mobility parameter
CN103686797A (en) * 2013-12-25 2014-03-26 电信科学技术研究院 Method, system and device for performing switching judgment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105493548B (en) 2019-06-28
CN105493548A (en) 2016-04-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11197216B2 (en) Handling of collision between SR procedure and PDU session establishment procedure for PDU session handover
US10873889B2 (en) Handover apparatus and method
EP3528526B1 (en) Communication method, terminal, and system for adjusting a slice resource in a communication network
AU2016369273B2 (en) Dual connectivity and carrier aggregation at an ip layer
KR101324235B1 (en) Radio communication system and radio communication method
US9967781B2 (en) Apparatus and method for supporting handover
US20210250409A1 (en) Handling of Multi-Access PDU Session Upgrade
US10568011B2 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting target network side device
KR102232787B1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling service continuity in mobile communication systems
US9491656B2 (en) Method for selecting bearer mode, packet gateway, and policy and charging rule function entity
US11503667B2 (en) Enhancement for multi-access PDU session release
US9769782B2 (en) Configuration management outside a coverage area
TWI792415B (en) Multi-access pdu session state synchronization between ue and network
CN103037452A (en) Methods for supporting continuity of voice service
US11641602B2 (en) Systems and methods for handover of dual connectivity user equipment
WO2020224597A1 (en) Pdn connection supports interworking to 5gs
TWI775811B (en) Communication method, auxiliary network node, and terminal
TWI817461B (en) User equipment and method for handling ma pdu session
WO2014183276A1 (en) Offloading method and device of wireless network
US9532392B2 (en) Communicating via multiple communication layers provided by multiple wireless network devices
WO2016019540A1 (en) Network mobility optimizing method, device and system
US20230345404A1 (en) At command for mo sms access domain preference selection
US20240040459A1 (en) Interworking without n26 interface support or not supported received in non-3gpp access
US20240154870A1 (en) Rsd parameters handling for pdn legged ma pdu session
WO2023016251A1 (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480017322.5

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14899237

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14899237

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1